TĂNG CHI BỘ KINH

Aṅguttaranikāya

 

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Aṅguttaranikāyo

Pańcakanipātapāḷi

1. Paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ

1. Sekhabalavaggo

1. Saṃkhittasuttaṃ

1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, sekhabalāni [sekkhabalāni (ka.)]. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ [hiribalaṃ (sī. pī.)], ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ [viriyabalaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], pańńābalaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca sekhabalāni.

‘‘Tasmātiha , bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘saddhābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, hirībalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, ottappabalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, vīriyabalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, pańńābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalenā’ti. Evańhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabba’’nti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Vitthatasuttaṃ

2. ‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave, sekhabalāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ. Katamańca, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, hirībalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirimā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, hirībalaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, ottappabalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ottappabalaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, pańńābalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pańńavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pańńābalaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca sekhabalāni.

‘‘Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘saddhābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, hirībalena… ottappabalena … vīriyabalena… pańńābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalenā’ti. Evańhi kho, bhikkhave, sikkhitabba’’nti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Dukkhasuttaṃ

3. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, duppańńo hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā duggati pāṭikaṅkhā.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṃ viharati avighātaṃ anupāyāsaṃ apariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirīmā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, pańńavā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diṭṭheva dhamme sukhaṃ viharati avighātaṃ anupāyāsaṃ apariḷāhaṃ, kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugati pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Yathābhatasuttaṃ

4. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti , kusīto hoti , duppańńo hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, hirīmā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, pańńavā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Sikkhāsuttaṃ

5. ‘‘Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati, tassa diṭṭheva [diṭṭhe ceva (sī.)] dhamme pańca sahadhammikā vādānupātā [vādānuvādā (a. ni. 8.12; a. ni. 3.58)] gārayhā ṭhānā āgacchanti. Katame pańca? Saddhāpi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, hirīpi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, ottappampi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyampi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu, pańńāpi nāma te nāhosi kusalesu dhammesu. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme ime pańca sahadhammikā vādānupātā gārayhā ṭhānā āgacchanti.

‘‘Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukho [assumukhopi (syā.)] rudamāno paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme pańca sahadhammikā pāsaṃsā ṭhānā [pāsaṃsaṃ ṭhānaṃ (syā.)] āgacchanti. Katame pańca? Saddhāpi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu, hirīpi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu, ottappampi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyampi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu, pańńāpi nāma te ahosi kusalesu dhammesu. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā sahāpi dukkhena sahāpi domanassena assumukho rudamāno paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carati, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme ime pańca sahadhammikā pāsaṃsā ṭhānā āgacchantī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Samāpattisuttaṃ

6. ‘‘Na tāva, bhikkhave, akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva saddhā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti kusalesu dhammesu. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, saddhā antarahitā hoti, asaddhiyaṃ pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; atha akusalassa samāpatti hoti.

‘‘Na tāva, bhikkhave, akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva hirī paccupaṭṭhitā hoti kusalesu dhammesu. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, hirī antarahitā hoti, ahirikaṃ pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; atha akusalassa samāpatti hoti.

‘‘Na tāva, bhikkhave, akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva ottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, ottappaṃ antarahitaṃ hoti, anottappaṃ pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; atha akusalassa samāpatti hoti.

‘‘Na tāva, bhikkhave, akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva vīriyaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, vīriyaṃ antarahitaṃ hoti, kosajjaṃ pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; atha akusalassa samāpatti hoti.

‘‘Na tāva, bhikkhave, akusalassa samāpatti hoti yāva pańńā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti kusalesu dhammesu. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, pańńā antarahitā hoti, duppańńā [duppańńaṃ (ka.)] pariyuṭṭhāya tiṭṭhati; atha akusalassa samāpatti hotī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Kāmasuttaṃ

7. ‘‘Yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, sattā kāmesu laḷitā [palāḷitā (sī.)]. Asitabyābhaṅgiṃ [asitabyābhaṅgi cepi (?)], bhikkhave, kulaputto ohāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, ‘saddhāpabbajito kulaputto’ti alaṃ vacanāya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Labbhā [labbhā hi (syā.)], bhikkhave, yobbanena kāmā te ca kho yādisā vā tādisā vā. Ye ca, bhikkhave, hīnā kāmā ye ca majjhimā kāmā ye ca paṇītā kāmā , sabbe kāmā ‘kāmā’tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, daharo kumāro mando uttānaseyyako dhātiyā pamādamanvāya kaṭṭhaṃ vā kaṭhalaṃ [kathalaṃ (ka.)] vā mukhe āhareyya. Tamenaṃ dhāti sīghaṃ sīghaṃ [sīghasīghaṃ (sī.)] manasi kareyya; sīghaṃ sīghaṃ manasi karitvā sīghaṃ sīghaṃ āhareyya. No ce sakkuṇeyya sīghaṃ sīghaṃ āharituṃ, vāmena hatthena sīsaṃ pariggahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena vaṅkaṅguliṃ karitvā salohitampi āhareyya. Taṃ kissa hetu? ‘Atthesā, bhikkhave, kumārassa vihesā; nesā natthī’ti vadāmi. Karaṇīyańca kho etaṃ [evaṃ (ka.)], bhikkhave, dhātiyā atthakāmāya hitesiniyā anukampikāya, anukampaṃ upādāya. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, so kumāro vuddho hoti alaṃpańńo, anapekkhā dāni [anapekkhā pana (sī. syā. kaṃ.)], bhikkhave, dhāti tasmiṃ kumāre hoti – ‘attagutto dāni kumāro nālaṃ pamādāyā’ti.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yāvakīvańca bhikkhuno saddhāya akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, hiriyā akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, ottappena akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyena akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, pańńāya akataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, anurakkhitabbo tāva me so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno saddhāya kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, hiriyā kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, ottappena kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, vīriyena kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, pańńāya kataṃ hoti kusalesu dhammesu, anapekkho dānāhaṃ, bhikkhave [panāhaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ.)], tasmiṃ bhikkhusmiṃ homi – ‘attagutto dāni bhikkhu nālaṃ pamādāyā’’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Cavanasuttaṃ

8. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Katamehi pańcahi? Asaddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme . Ahiriko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Anottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Kusīto, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Duppańńo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme.

‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Katamehi pańcahi? Saddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati , patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Hirīmā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Ottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Āraddhavīriyo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Pańńavā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Paṭhamaagāravasuttaṃ

9. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Katamehi pańcahi? Assaddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Ahiriko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Anottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Kusīto , bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Duppańńo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu agāravo appatisso cavati, nappatiṭṭhāti saddhamme.

‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Katamehi pańcahi? Saddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Hirimā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Ottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Āraddhavīriyo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Pańńavā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso na cavati, patiṭṭhāti saddhamme’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Dutiyaagāravasuttaṃ

10. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Assaddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Ahiriko, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Anottappī, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Kusīto, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Duppańńo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu agāravo appatisso abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Saddho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Hirīmā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu…pe… ottappī, bhikkhave , bhikkhu…pe… āraddhavīriyo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu…pe… pańńavā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave , pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjitu’’nti. Dasamaṃ.

Sekhabalavaggo paṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Saṃkhittaṃ vitthataṃ dukkhā, bhataṃ sikkhāya pańcamaṃ;

Samāpatti ca kāmesu, cavanā dve agāravāti.

 

 

2. Balavaggo

1. Ananussutasuttaṃ

11. ‘‘Pubbāhaṃ , bhikkhave, ananussutesu dhammesu abhińńāvosānapāramippatto paṭijānāmi. Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalāni, yehi balehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadati, brahmacakkaṃ pavatteti. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca tathāgatassa tathāgatabalāni yehi balehi samannāgato tathāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadati, brahmacakkaṃ pavattetī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Kūṭasuttaṃ

12. ‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave, sekhabalāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, hirībalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca sekhabalāni. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ sekhabalānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ pańńābalaṃ.

‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave , kūṭāgārassa etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ kūṭaṃ. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pańcannaṃ sekhabalānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ pańńābalaṃ.

‘‘Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘saddhābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalena, hirībalena… ottappabalena… vīriyabalena… pańńābalena samannāgatā bhavissāma sekhabalenā’ti. Evańhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabba’’nti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Saṃkhittasuttaṃ

13. ‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca balānī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Vitthatasuttaṃ

14. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti . Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave , satibalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, satibalaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, samādhibalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhańca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, samādhibalaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, pańńābalaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pańńavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pańńābalaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca balānī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Daṭṭhabbasuttaṃ

15. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ . Kattha ca, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu. Ettha saddhābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kattha ca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu sammappadhānesu. Ettha vīriyabalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kattha ca, bhikkhave, satibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu. Ettha satibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kattha ca, bhikkhave, samādhibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu jhānesu. Ettha samādhibalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kattha ca, bhikkhave, pańńābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ? Catūsu ariyasaccesu. Ettha pańńābalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca balānī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Punakūṭasuttaṃ

16. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca balāni. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ balānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ pańńābalaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgārassa etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ kūṭaṃ. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pańcannaṃ balānaṃ etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ saṅgāhikaṃ etaṃ saṅghātaniyaṃ, yadidaṃ pańńābala’’nti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Paṭhamahitasuttaṃ

17. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanā samādhisampanno hoti, no paraṃ samādhisampadāya samādapeti; attanā pańńāsampanno hoti, no paraṃ pańńāsampadāya samādapeti; attanā vimuttisampanno hoti, no paraṃ vimuttisampadāya samādapeti; attanā vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, no paraṃ vimuttińāṇadassanasampadāya samādapeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Dutiyahitasuttaṃ

18. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no attahitāya. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā na sīlasampanno hoti, paraṃ sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanā na samādhisampanno hoti, paraṃ samādhisampadāya samādapeti; attanā na pańńāsampanno hoti, paraṃ pańńāsampadāya samādapeti; attanā na vimuttisampanno hoti, paraṃ vimuttisampadāya samādapeti; attanā na vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, paraṃ vimuttińāṇadassanasampadāya samādapeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu parahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no attahitāyā’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Tatiyahitasuttaṃ

19. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu neva attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāya. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā na sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanā na samādhisampanno hoti, no paraṃ samādhisampadāya samādapeti; attanā na pańńāsampanno hoti, no paraṃ pańńāsampadāya samādapeti; attanā na vimuttisampanno hoti, no paraṃ vimuttisampadāya samādapeti; attanā na vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, no paraṃ vimuttińāṇadassanasampadāya samādapeti. Imehi kho , bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu neva attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Catutthahitasuttaṃ

20. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, parańca sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti, parańca samādhisampadāya samādapeti, attanā ca pańńāsampanno hoti, parańca pańńāsampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti, parańca vimuttisampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, parańca vimuttińāṇadassanasampadāya samādapeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya cā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Balavaggo dutiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Ananussutakūṭańca, saṃkhittaṃ vitthatena ca;

Daṭṭhabbańca puna kūṭaṃ, cattāropi hitena cāti.

 

 

3. Pańcaṅgikavaggo

1. Paṭhamaagāravasuttaṃ

21. ‘‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso asabhāgavuttiko ‘sabrahmacārīsu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā sekhaṃ [sekkhaṃ (ka.)] dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Sekhaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā sīlāni paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Sīlāni aparipūretvā sammādiṭṭhiṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Sammādiṭṭhiṃ aparipūretvā sammāsamādhiṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

‘‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso sabhāgavuttiko ‘sabrahmacārīsu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘Ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘Sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā sīlāni paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘Sīlāni paripūretvā sammādiṭṭhiṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘Sammādiṭṭhiṃ paripūretvā sammāsamādhiṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dutiyaagāravasuttaṃ

22. ‘‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu agāravo appatisso asabhāgavuttiko ‘sabrahmacārīsu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Sekhaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Sīlakkhandhaṃ aparipūretvā samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. ‘Samādhikkhandhaṃ aparipūretvā pańńākkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

‘‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso sabhāgavuttiko ‘sabrahmacārīsu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘Ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Sekhaṃ dhammaṃ paripūretvā sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘Sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūretvā samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. ‘Samādhikkhandhaṃ paripūretvā pańńākkhandhaṃ paripūressatī’ti ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Upakkilesasuttaṃ

23. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, jātarūpassa upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ jātarūpaṃ na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā upeti kammāya. Katame pańca? Ayo, lohaṃ, tipu, sīsaṃ, sajjhaṃ [sajjhu (sī.)] – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca jātarūpassa upakkilesā , yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ jātarūpaṃ na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā upeti kammāya. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, jātarūpaṃ imehi pańcahi upakkilesehi vimuttaṃ [vippamuttaṃ (sī.)] hoti, taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ mudu ca kammaniyańca pabhassarańca na ca pabhaṅgu sammā upeti kammāya. Yassā yassā ca [yassa kassaci (syā. pī.)] piḷandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati – yadi muddikāya yadi kuṇḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya [gīveyyakena (syā. kaṃ. ka., a. ni. 3.102)] yadi suvaṇṇamālāya – tańcassa atthaṃ anubhoti.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcime cittassa upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ cittaṃ na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. Katame pańca? Kāmacchando, byāpādo, thinamiddhaṃ [thīnamiddhaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], uddhaccakukkuccaṃ, vicikicchā – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca cittassa upakkilesā yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ cittaṃ na ceva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, cittaṃ imehi pańcahi upakkilesehi vimuttaṃ hoti, taṃ hoti cittaṃ mudu ca kammaniyańca pabhassarańca na ca pabhaṅgu sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. Yassa yassa ca abhińńāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhińńāsacchikiriyāya tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ – ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṃ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṃ; āvibhāvaṃ, tirobhāvaṃ; tirokuṭṭaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gaccheyyaṃ, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṃ kareyyaṃ, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāno gaccheyyaṃ, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kameyyaṃ, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye [candimasuriye (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṃ [parāmaseyyaṃ (ka.)] parimajjeyyaṃ yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇeyyaṃ – dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike cā’ti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajāneyyaṃ – sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ sadosaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, samohaṃ vā cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ vītamohaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, saṃkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ saṃkhittaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ vikkhittaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ mahaggataṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ amahaggataṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ sauttaraṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ anuttaraṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samāhitaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ asamāhitaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajāneyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyyaṃ, seyyathidaṃ [seyyathīdaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pańcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo pańńāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe – amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapannoti, iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṃ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṃ – ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannāti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṃ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Dussīlasuttaṃ

24.[a. ni. 5.168; 6.50; 7.65] ‘‘Dussīlassa , bhikkhave, sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi asati sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane asati yathābhūtańāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti vimuttińāṇadassanaṃ. Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsavipanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṃ gacchati, tacopi na pāripūriṃ gacchati, pheggupi na pāripūriṃ gacchati, sāropi na pāripūriṃ gacchati; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi asati sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane asati yathābhūtańāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti vimuttińāṇadassanaṃ.

‘‘Sīlavato, bhikkhave, sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane sati yathābhūtańāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti vimuttińāṇadassanaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsasampanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṃ gacchati, tacopi pāripūriṃ gacchati, pheggupi pāripūriṃ gacchati, sāropi pāripūriṃ gacchati; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, sīlavato sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane sati yathābhūtańāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti vimuttińāṇadassana’’nti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Anuggahitasuttaṃ

25. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, pańńāvimuttiphalā ca hoti pańńāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha , bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sīlānuggahitā ca hoti, sutānuggahitā ca hoti, sākacchānuggahitā ca hoti, samathānuggahitā ca hoti, vipassanānuggahitā ca hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, pańńāvimuttiphalā ca hoti pańńāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā cā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Vimuttāyatanasuttaṃ

26. ‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave, vimuttāyatanāni yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.

‘‘Katamāni pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṃ deseti ańńataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, tassa bhikkhuno satthā dhammaṃ deseti, ańńataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ [pāmujjaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ.) dī. ni. 3.322] jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti [vediyati (sī.)]. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti, ańńataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti, ańńataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave , bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino…pe… yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti, ańńataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti; api ca kho yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno na heva kho satthā dhammaṃ deseti ańńataro vā garuṭṭhāniyo sabrahmacārī, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti , nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti, nāpi yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati; api ca khvassa ańńataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ pańńāya. Yathā yathā, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ańńataraṃ samādhinimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ pańńāya tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthapaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammapaṭisaṃvedī ca. Tassa atthapaṭisaṃvedino dhammapaṭisaṃvedino pāmojjaṃ jāyati. Pamuditassa pīti jāyati. Pītimanassa kāyo passambhati. Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti. Sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamaṃ vimuttāyatanaṃ yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇāti.

‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca vimuttāyatanāni yattha bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccati, aparikkhīṇā vā āsavā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, ananuppattaṃ vā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ anupāpuṇātī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Samādhisuttaṃ

27. ‘‘Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha appamāṇaṃ nipakā patissatā. Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvayataṃ appamāṇaṃ nipakānaṃ patissatānaṃ pańca ńāṇāni paccattańńeva uppajjanti. Katamāni pańca? ‘Ayaṃ samādhi paccuppannasukho ceva āyatińca sukhavipāko’ti paccattańńeva ńāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘ayaṃ samādhi ariyo nirāmiso’ti paccattańńeva ńāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘ayaṃ samādhi akāpurisasevito’ti [mahāpurisasevitoti (ka.)] paccattańńeva ńāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘ayaṃ samādhi santopaṇīto paṭippassaddhaladdho ekodibhāvādhigato, na saṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato’ti [na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritappatitoti (sī.), na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritapattoti (syā.), na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavārivāvaṭoti (ka.), na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāriyādhigatoti (?) dī. ni. 3.355; a. ni. 3.102; 9.27]paccattańńeva ńāṇaṃ uppajjati, ‘sato kho panāhaṃ imaṃ samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmī’ti [so kho panāhaṃ imaṃ samādhiṃ satova samāpajjāmi, sato uṭṭhahāmīti (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] paccattańńeva ńāṇaṃ uppajjati.

‘‘Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha appamāṇaṃ nipakā patissatā. Samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvayataṃ appamāṇaṃ nipakānaṃ patissatānaṃ imāni pańca ńāṇāni paccattańńeva uppajjantī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Pańcaṅgikasuttaṃ

28. ‘‘Ariyassa , bhikkhave, pańcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa bhāvanaṃ desessāmi. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, ariyassa pańcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa bhāvanā? Idha, bhikkhave , bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva kāyaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho nhāpako [nahāpako (sī. pī.)] vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṃsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni [nahānīyacuṇṇāni (sī. pī.)] ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṃ paripphosakaṃ sanneyya. Sāyaṃ nhānīyapiṇḍi [sāssa nahānīyapiṇḍī (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena, na ca paggharinī. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pańcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ paṭhamā bhāvanā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva kāyaṃ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udakarahado gambhīro ubbhidodako [ubbhitodako (syā. kaṃ. ka.)]. Tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, na uttarāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, devo ca kālena kālaṃ sammā dhāraṃ nānuppaveccheyya [devo ca na kālena… anupaveccheyya (dī. ni. 1.227 ādayo; ma. ni. 2.251 ādayo]. Atha kho tamhāva udakarahadā sītā vāridhārā ubbhijjitvā tameva udakarahadaṃ sītena vārinā abhisandeyya parisandeyya paripūreyya paripphareyya; nāssa kińci sabbāvato udakarahadassa sītena vārinā apphuṭaṃ assa. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pańcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ dutiyā bhāvanā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva kāyaṃ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni. Tāni yāva caggā yāva ca mūlā sītena vārinā abhisannāni parisannāni paripūrāni paripphuṭāni; nāssa kińci sabbāvataṃ uppalānaṃ vā padumānaṃ vā puṇḍarīkānaṃ vā sītena vārinā apphuṭaṃ assa. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pańcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ tatiyā bhāvanā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva kāyaṃ parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena pharitvā nisinno hoti; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso odātena vatthena sasīsaṃ pārupitvā nisinno assa; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa odātena vatthena apphuṭaṃ assa. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena pharitvā nisinno hoti; nāssa kińci sabbāvato kāyassa parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pańcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ catutthā bhāvanā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ pańńāya. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ańńova ańńaṃ [ańńo vā ańńaṃ vā (sī.), ańńo vā ańńaṃ (syā. kaṃ.), ańńo ańńaṃ (?)] paccavekkheyya, ṭhito vā nisinnaṃ paccavekkheyya, nisinno vā nipannaṃ paccavekkheyya. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ pańńāya. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, pańcaṅgikassa sammāsamādhissa ayaṃ pańcamā [pańcamī (sī.)] bhāvanā. Evaṃ bhāvite kho , bhikkhave, bhikkhu [evaṃ bhāvite kho bhikkhave (sī.)] ariye pańcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṃ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhińńāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhińńāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udakamaṇiko ādhāre ṭhapito pūro udakassa samatittiko kākapeyyo . Tamenaṃ balavā puriso yato yato āvajjeyya [āvaṭṭeyya (syā. kaṃ.)], āgaccheyya udaka’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ . ‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ bhāvite ariye pańcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṃ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhińńāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhińńāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, same bhūmibhāge pokkharaṇī caturaṃsā ālibaddhā pūrā udakassa samatittikā kākapeyyā. Tamenaṃ balavā puriso yato yato āliṃ muńceyya, āgaccheyya udaka’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ bhāvite ariye pańcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṃ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhińńāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa…pe… sati sati āyatane.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṃ catumahāpathe [cātummahāpathe (sī. pī.), catummahāpathe (syā. kaṃ.)] ājańńaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo . Tamenaṃ dakkho yoggācariyo assadammasārathi abhiruhitvā vāmena hatthena rasmiyo gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena patodaṃ gahetvā yenicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ sāreyyapi paccāsāreyyapi. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ bhāvite ariye pańcaṅgike sammāsamādhimhi evaṃ bahulīkate yassa yassa abhińńāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhińńāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ – ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṃ…pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇeyyaṃ – dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike cā’ti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace akaṅkhati – ‘parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajāneyyaṃ – sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ… vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ… samohaṃ vā cittaṃ… vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ… saṃkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ… vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ… mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ… amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ… sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ… anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ… samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ… asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ… vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ… avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajāneyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyyaṃ, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ, dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajāneyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhati – ‘āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Caṅkamasuttaṃ

29. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, caṅkame ānisaṃsā. Katame pańca? Addhānakkhamo hoti, padhānakkhamo hoti, appābādho hoti, asitaṃ pītaṃ khāyitaṃ sāyitaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, caṅkamādhigato samādhi ciraṭṭhitiko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca caṅkame ānisaṃsā’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Nāgitasuttaṃ

30. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena icchānaṅgalaṃ nāma kosalānaṃ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. Assosuṃ kho icchānaṅgalakā [icchānaṅgalikā (sī.) a. ni. 6.42; a. ni. 8.86] brāhmaṇagahapatikā – ‘‘samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito icchānaṅgalaṃ anuppatto; icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavāti. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’ti. Atha kho icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā tassā rattiyā accayena pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya yena icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhaṃsu uccāsaddamahāsaddā.

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nāgito bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ nāgitaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ke pana kho, nāgita, uccāsaddamahāsaddā, kevaṭṭā mańńe macchavilope’’ti? ‘‘Ete, bhante, icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā bhagavantańńeva uddissa bhikkhusaṅghańcā’’ti. ‘‘Māhaṃ, nāgita, yasena samāgamaṃ, mā ca mayā yaso. Yo kho, nāgita, nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, yassāhaṃ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. So taṃ [sohaṃ (ka.), so (syā. kaṃ.)] mīḷhasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṃ sādiyeyyā’’ti.

‘‘Adhivāsetu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, adhivāsetu sugato; adhivāsanakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Yena yeneva dāni bhagavā gamissati taṃninnāva gamissanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. Seyyathāpi, bhante, thullaphusitake deve vassante yathāninnaṃ udakāni pavattanti; evamevaṃ kho, bhante, yena yeneva dāni bhagavā gamissati, taṃninnāva gamissanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi, bhante, bhagavato sīlapańńāṇa’’nti.

‘‘Māhaṃ , nāgita, yasena samāgamaṃ, mā ca mayā yaso. Yo kho, nāgita, nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, yassāhaṃ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. So taṃ mīḷhasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṃ sādiyeyya. Asitapītakhāyitasāyitassa kho, nāgita, uccārapassāvo – eso tassa nissando. Piyānaṃ kho, nāgita, vipariṇāmańńathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā – eso tassa nissando. Asubhanimittānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa kho, nāgita, subhanimitte pāṭikulyatā [paṭikkūlatā (sī.), paṭikkūlyatā (syā. kaṃ.)] saṇṭhāti – eso tassa nissando. Chasu kho, nāgita, phassāyatanesu aniccānupassino viharato phasse pāṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti – eso tassa nissando. Pańcasu kho, nāgita, upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato upādāne pāṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti – eso tassa nissando’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Pańcaṅgikavaggo tatiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Dve agāravupakkilesā, dussīlānuggahitena ca;

Vimuttisamādhipańcaṅgikā, caṅkamaṃ nāgitena cāti.

 

 

 

4. Sumanavaggo

1. Sumanasuttaṃ

31. Ekaṃ samayaṃ…pe… anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho sumanā rājakumārī pańcahi rathasatehi pańcahi rājakumārisatehi parivutā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho sumanā rājakumārī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Idhassu, bhante, bhagavato dve sāvakā samasaddhā samasīlā samapańńā – eko dāyako, eko adāyako. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyuṃ. Devabhūtānaṃ pana nesaṃ [tesaṃ (sī.)], bhante, siyā viseso, siyā nānākaraṇa’’nti?

‘‘Siyā, sumane’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ devabhūto samāno pańcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti – dibbena āyunā, dibbena vaṇṇena, dibbena sukhena, dibbena yasena, dibbena ādhipateyyena. Yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ devabhūto samāno imehi pańcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti’’.

‘‘Sace pana te, bhante, tato cutā itthattaṃ āgacchanti, manussabhūtānaṃ pana nesaṃ, bhante, siyā viseso, siyā nānākaraṇa’’nti? ‘‘Siyā, sumane’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ manussabhūto samāno pańcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti – mānusakena āyunā, mānusakena vaṇṇena, mānusakena sukhena, mānusakena yasena, mānusakena ādhipateyyena. Yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ manussabhūto samāno imehi pańcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti’’.

‘‘Sace pana te, bhante, ubho agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, pabbajitānaṃ pana nesaṃ, bhante , siyā viseso, siyā nānākaraṇa’’nti? ‘‘Siyā, sumane’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ pabbajito samāno pańcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti – yācitova bahulaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuńjati appaṃ ayācito, yācitova bahulaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuńjati appaṃ ayācito, yācitova bahulaṃ senāsanaṃ paribhuńjati appaṃ ayācito, yācitova bahulaṃ gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuńjati appaṃ ayācito. Yehi kho pana sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharati tyassa manāpeneva bahulaṃ kāyakammena samudācaranti appaṃ amanāpena, manāpeneva bahulaṃ vacīkammena samudācaranti appaṃ amanāpena, manāpeneva bahulaṃ manokammena samudācaranti appaṃ amanāpena, manāpaṃyeva bahulaṃ upahāraṃ upaharanti appaṃ amanāpaṃ . Yo so, sumane, dāyako so amuṃ adāyakaṃ pabbajito samāno imehi pańcahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhātī’’ti.

‘‘Sace pana te, bhante, ubho arahattaṃ pāpuṇanti, arahattappattānaṃ pana nesaṃ, bhante, siyā viseso, siyā nānākaraṇa’’nti? ‘‘Ettha kho panesāhaṃ, sumane, na kińci nānākaraṇaṃ vadāmi, yadidaṃ vimuttiyā vimutti’’nti [vimuttanti (syā. kaṃ.)].

‘‘Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! Yāvańcidaṃ, bhante, alameva dānāni dātuṃ alaṃ puńńāni kātuṃ; yatra hi nāma devabhūtassāpi upakārāni puńńāni, manussabhūtassāpi upakārāni puńńāni, pabbajitassāpi upakārāni puńńānī’’ti. ‘‘Evametaṃ, sumane! Alańhi, sumane, dānāni dātuṃ alaṃ puńńāni kātuṃ! Devabhūtassāpi upakārāni puńńāni, manussabhūtassāpi upakārāni puńńāni, pabbajitassāpi upakārāni puńńānī’’ti .

Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna [idaṃ vatvā (sī. pī.) evamuparipi] sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

‘‘Yathāpi cando vimalo, gacchaṃ ākāsadhātuyā;

Sabbe tārāgaṇe loke, ābhāya atirocati.

‘‘Tatheva sīlasampanno, saddho purisapuggalo;

Sabbe maccharino loke, cāgena atirocati.

‘‘Yathāpi megho thanayaṃ, vijjumālī satakkaku;

Thalaṃ ninnańca pūreti, abhivassaṃ vasundharaṃ.

‘‘Evaṃ dassanasampanno, sammāsambuddhasāvako;

Macchariṃ adhigaṇhāti, pańcaṭhānehi paṇḍito.

‘‘Āyunā yasasā ceva [āyunā ca yasena ca (ka.)], vaṇṇena ca sukhena ca;

Sa ve bhogaparibyūḷho [bhogaparibbūḷho (sī.)], pecca sagge pamodatī’’ti. paṭhamaṃ;

2. Cundīsuttaṃ

32. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Atha kho cundī rājakumārī pańcahi rathasatehi pańcahi ca kumārisatehi parivutā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho cundī rājakumārī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Amhākaṃ, bhante, bhātā cundo nāma rājakumāro, so evamāha – ‘yadeva so hoti itthī vā puriso vā buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, adinnādānā paṭivirato, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato, musāvādā paṭivirato, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato, so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggati’nti. Sāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ pucchāmi – ‘kathaṃrūpe kho, bhante, satthari pasanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggatiṃ? Kathaṃrūpe dhamme pasanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggatiṃ? Kathaṃrūpe saṅghe pasanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggatiṃ? Kathaṃrūpesu sīlesu paripūrakārī kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃyeva upapajjati, no duggati’’’nti?

‘‘Yāvatā, cundi, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā [apādā vā dvīpādā vācatuppādā vā bahuppādā vā (sī.) a. ni. 4.34; itivu. 90] rūpino vā arūpino vā sańńino vā asańńino vā nevasańńināsańńino vā, tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. Ye kho, cundi, buddhe pasannā, agge te pasannā. Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti.

‘‘Yāvatā, cundi, dhammā saṅkhatā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati. Ye, cundi, ariye aṭṭhaṅgike magge pasannā, agge te pasannā, agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti.

‘‘Yāvatā , cundi, dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṃ [tesaṃ dhammānaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ – madanimmadano pipāsavinayo ālayasamugghāto vaṭṭupacchedo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ye kho, cundi , virāge dhamme pasannā, agge te pasannā. Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti.

‘‘Yāvatā, cundi, saṅghā vā gaṇā vā, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ – cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa. Ye kho, cundi, saṅghe pasannā, agge te pasannā. Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hoti.

‘‘Yāvatā, cundi, sīlāni, ariyakantāni sīlāni tesaṃ [ariyakantānitesaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṃ – akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni vińńuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni. Ye kho, cundi, ariyakantesu sīlesu paripūrakārino, agge te paripūrakārino. Agge kho pana paripūrakārīnaṃ aggo vipāko hotī’’ti.

‘‘Aggato ve pasannānaṃ, aggaṃ dhammaṃ vijānataṃ;

Agge buddhe pasannānaṃ, dakkhiṇeyye anuttare.

‘‘Agge dhamme pasannānaṃ, virāgūpasame sukhe;

Agge saṅghe pasannānaṃ, puńńakkhette anuttare.

‘‘Aggasmiṃ dānaṃ dadataṃ, aggaṃ puńńaṃ pavaḍḍhati;

Aggaṃ āyu ca vaṇṇo ca, yaso kitti sukhaṃ balaṃ.

‘‘Aggassa dātā medhāvī, aggadhammasamāhito;

Devabhūto manusso vā, aggappatto pamodatī’’ti. dutiyaṃ;

3. Uggahasuttaṃ

33. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bhaddiye viharati jātiyā vane. Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya attacatuttho bhatta’’nti . Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggahassa meṇḍakanattuno nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pańńatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho uggaho meṇḍakanattā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imā me, bhante, kumāriyo patikulāni gamissanti. Ovadatu tāsaṃ, bhante, bhagavā; anusāsatu tāsaṃ, bhante, bhagavā, yaṃ tāsaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā tā kumāriyo etadavoca – ‘‘tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘yassa vo [yassa kho (sī. syā. kaṃ.)]mātāpitaro bhattuno dassanti atthakāmā hitesino anukampakā anukampaṃ upādāya, tassa bhavissāma pubbuṭṭhāyiniyo pacchānipātiniyo kiṃkārapaṭissāviniyo manāpacāriniyo piyavādiniyo’ti. Evańhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ.

‘‘Tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘ye te bhattu garuno [guruno (ka.)] bhavissanti mātāti vā pitāti vā samaṇabrāhmaṇāti vā, te sakkarissāma garuṃ karissāma [garukarissāma (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] mānessāma pūjessāma abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjessāmā’ti [pūjessāmāti (sī.)]. Evańhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ.

‘‘Tasmātiha , kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘ye te bhattu abbhantarā kammantā uṇṇāti vā kappāsāti vā, tattha dakkhā bhavissāma analasā , tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgatā, alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ saṃvidhātu’nti. Evańhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ.

‘‘Tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘yo so bhattu abbhantaro [abbhantare (ka.)] antojano dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā, tesaṃ katańca katato jānissāma akatańca akatato jānissāma, gilānakānańca balābalaṃ jānissāma, khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyańcassa paccaṃsena [paccayaṃ tena (ka. sī.), paccayaṃsena (syā. kaṃ.), paccayaṃ senāsanaṃ paccattaṃsena (ka.) a. ni. 8.46] saṃvibhajissāmā’ti [vibhajissāmāti (sī. syā. kaṃ.)]. Evańhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ.

‘‘Tasmātiha, kumāriyo, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘yaṃ bhattā āharissati dhanaṃ vā dhańńaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā, taṃ ārakkhena [taṃ ārakkhāya (sī.)] guttiyā sampādessāma, tattha ca bhavissāma adhuttī athenī asoṇḍī avināsikāyo’ti. Evańhi vo, kumāriyo, sikkhitabbaṃ. Imehi kho, kumāriyo, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjatī’’ti.

‘‘Yo naṃ bharati sabbadā, niccaṃ ātāpi ussuko;

Sabbakāmaharaṃ posaṃ, bhattāraṃ nātimańńati.

‘‘Na cāpi sotthi bhattāraṃ, issācārena [icchācārena (sī.), issāvādena (pī.)] rosaye;

Bhattu ca garuno sabbe, paṭipūjeti paṇḍitā.

‘‘Uṭṭhāhikā [uṭṭhāyikā (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] analasā, saṅgahitaparijjanā;

Bhattu manāpaṃ [manāpā (sī.)] carati, sambhataṃ anurakkhati.

‘‘Yā evaṃ vattatī nārī, bhattuchandavasānugā;

Manāpā nāma te devā, yattha sā upapajjatī’’ti. tatiyaṃ;

4. Sīhasenāpatisuttaṃ

34. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho sīho senāpati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sakkā nu kho, bhante, bhagavā sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ pańńāpetu’’nti?

‘‘Sakkā, sīhā’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘dāyako, sīha, dānapati bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo. Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo, idampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyakaṃ dānapatiṃ santo sappurisā bhajanti. Yampi, sīha, dāyakaṃ dānapatiṃ santo sappurisā bhajanti, idampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyakassa dānapatino kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Yampi, sīha, dāyakassa dānapatino kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, idampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyako dānapati yaṃ yadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – visārado [visāradova (sī.) a. ni. 7.57 passitabbaṃ] upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati yaṃ yadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto, idampi sandiṭṭhikaṃ dānaphalaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati, idaṃ [idampi sīha (ka.)] samparāyikaṃ dānaphala’’nti.

Evaṃ vutte sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṃ ettha bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi; ahaṃ petāni jānāmi. Ahaṃ, bhante, dāyako dānapati bahuno janassa piyo manāpo. Ahaṃ, bhante, dāyako dānapati; maṃ santo sappurisā bhajanti. Ahaṃ, bhante, dāyako dānapati; mayhaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘sīho senāpati dāyako kārako saṅghupaṭṭhāko’ti. Ahaṃ, bhante , dāyako dānapati yaṃ yadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamāmi – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – visārado upasaṅkamāmi amaṅkubhūto. Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā cattāri sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṃ ettha bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi; ahaṃ petāni jānāmi. Yańca kho maṃ, bhante, bhagavā evamāha – ‘dāyako, sīha, dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatī’ti, etāhaṃ na jānāmi; ettha ca panāhaṃ bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evametaṃ, sīha, evametaṃ, sīha! Dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatī’’ti.

‘‘Dadaṃ piyo hoti bhajanti naṃ bahū,

Kittińca pappoti yaso ca vaḍḍhati [yasassa vaḍḍhati (syā. kaṃ.), yasaṃ pavaḍḍhati (ka.)];

Amaṅkubhūto parisaṃ vigāhati,

Visārado hoti naro amaccharī.

‘‘Tasmā hi dānāni dadanti paṇḍitā,

Vineyya maccheramalaṃ sukhesino;

Te dīgharattaṃ tidive patiṭṭhitā,

Devānaṃ sahabyagatā ramanti te [sahabyataṃ gatā ramanti (sī.), sahabyatā ramanti te (ka.)].

‘‘Katāvakāsā katakusalā ito cutā [tato cutā (sī.)],

Sayaṃpabhā anuvicaranti nandanaṃ [nandane (syā. kaṃ.)];

Te tattha nandanti ramanti modare,

Samappitā kāmaguṇehi pańcahi;

‘‘Katvāna vākyaṃ asitassa tādino,

Ramanti sagge [ramanti sumanā (ka.), kamanti sabbe (syā. kaṃ.)] sugatassa sāvakā’’ti. catutthaṃ;

5. Dānānisaṃsasuttaṃ

35. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, dāne ānisaṃsā. Katame pańca? Bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo; santo sappurisā bhajanti; kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati; gihidhammā anapagato [gihidhammā anapeto (sī. pī.), gihidhammamanupagato (ka.)] hoti; kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dāne ānisaṃsā’’ti.

‘‘Dadamāno piyo hoti, sataṃ dhammaṃ anukkamaṃ;

Santo naṃ sadā bhajanti [santo bhajanti sappurisā (sī.)], sańńatā brahmacārayo.

‘‘Te tassa dhammaṃ desenti, sabbadukkhāpanūdanaṃ;

Yaṃ so dhammaṃ idhańńāya, parinibbāti anāsavo’’ti. pańcamaṃ;

6. Kāladānasuttaṃ

36. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, kāladānāni. Katamāni pańca? Āgantukassa dānaṃ deti; gamikassa dānaṃ deti; gilānassa dānaṃ deti; dubbhikkhe dānaṃ deti; yāni tāni navasassāni navaphalāni tāni paṭhamaṃ sīlavantesu patiṭṭhāpeti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca kāladānānī’’ti.

‘‘Kāle dadanti sappańńā, vadańńū vītamaccharā;

Kālena dinnaṃ ariyesu, ujubhūtesu tādisu.

‘‘Vippasannamanā tassa, vipulā hoti dakkhiṇā;

Ye tattha anumodanti, veyyāvaccaṃ karonti vā;

Na tena [na tesaṃ (pī. ka.)] dakkhiṇā ūnā, tepi puńńassa bhāgino.

‘‘Tasmā dade appaṭivānacitto, yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ;

Puńńāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇina’’nti. chaṭṭhaṃ;

9. Bhojanasuttaṃ

37. ‘‘Bhojanaṃ , bhikkhave, dadamāno dāyako paṭiggāhakānaṃ pańca ṭhānāni deti. Katamāni pańca? Āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ deti, sukhaṃ deti, balaṃ deti, paṭibhānaṃ [paṭibhāṇaṃ (sī.)] deti. Āyuṃ kho pana datvā āyussa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā; vaṇṇaṃ datvā vaṇṇassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā; sukhaṃ datvā sukhassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā; balaṃ datvā balassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā; paṭibhānaṃ datvā paṭibhānassa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā. Bhojanaṃ, bhikkhave, dadamāno dāyako paṭiggāhakānaṃ imāni pańca ṭhānāni detī’’ti.

‘‘Āyudo balado dhīro, vaṇṇado paṭibhānado;

Sukhassa dātā medhāvī, sukhaṃ so adhigacchati.

‘‘Āyuṃ datvā balaṃ vaṇṇaṃ, sukhańca paṭibhānakaṃ [paṭibhāṇakaṃ (sī.), paṭibhānado (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)];

Dīghāyu yasavā hoti, yattha yatthūpapajjatī’’ti. sattamaṃ;

8. Saddhasuttaṃ

38. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, saddhe kulaputte ānisaṃsā. Katame pańca? Ye te, bhikkhave, loke santo sappurisā te saddhańńeva paṭhamaṃ anukampantā anukampanti, no tathā assaddhaṃ; saddhańńeva paṭhamaṃ upasaṅkamantā upasaṅkamanti, no tathā assaddhaṃ; saddhańńeva paṭhamaṃ paṭiggaṇhantā paṭiggaṇhanti, no tathā assaddhaṃ; saddhańńeva paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ desentā desenti, no tathā assaddhaṃ; saddho kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca saddhe kulaputte ānisaṃsā.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṃ catumahāpathe mahānigrodho samantā pakkhīnaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, saddho kulaputto bahuno janassa paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikāna’’nti.

‘‘Sākhāpattaphalūpeto [sākhāpattabahupeto (katthaci), sākhāpattapalāsūpeto (?)], khandhimāva [khandhimā ca (sī.)]mahādumo;

Mūlavā phalasampanno, patiṭṭhā hoti pakkhinaṃ.

‘‘Manorame āyatane, sevanti naṃ vihaṅgamā;

Chāyaṃ chāyatthikā [chāyatthino (sī.)] yanti, phalatthā phalabhojino.

‘‘Tatheva sīlasampannaṃ, saddhaṃ purisapuggalaṃ;

Nivātavuttiṃ atthaddhaṃ, sorataṃ sakhilaṃ muduṃ.

‘‘Vītarāgā vītadosā, vītamohā anāsavā;

Puńńakkhettāni lokasmiṃ, sevanti tādisaṃ naraṃ.

‘‘Te tassa dhammaṃ desenti, sabbadukkhāpanūdanaṃ;

Yaṃ so dhammaṃ idhańńāya, parinibbāti anāsavo’’ti. aṭṭhamaṃ;

9. Puttasuttaṃ

39. ‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave, ṭhānāni sampassantā mātāpitaro puttaṃ icchanti kule jāyamānaṃ. Katamāni pańca? Bhato vā no bharissati; kiccaṃ vā no karissati; kulavaṃso ciraṃ ṭhassati; dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjissati; atha vā pana petānaṃ kālaṅkatānaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ anuppadassatīti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca ṭhānāni sampassantā mātāpitaro puttaṃ icchanti kule jāyamāna’’nti.

[kathā. 491] ‘‘Pańca ṭhānāni sampassaṃ, puttaṃ icchanti paṇḍitā;

Bhato vā no bharissati, kiccaṃ vā no karissati.

‘‘Kulavaṃso ciraṃ tiṭṭhe, dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjati;

Atha vā pana petānaṃ, dakkhiṇaṃ anuppadassati.

‘‘Ṭhānānetāni sampassaṃ, puttaṃ icchanti paṇḍitā;

Tasmā santo sappurisā, katańńū katavedino.

‘‘Bharanti mātāpitaro, pubbe katamanussaraṃ;

Karonti nesaṃ kiccāni, yathā taṃ pubbakārinaṃ.

‘‘Ovādakārī bhataposī, kulavaṃsaṃ ahāpayaṃ;

Saddho sīlena sampanno, putto hoti pasaṃsiyo’’ti. navamaṃ;

10. Mahāsālaputtasuttaṃ

40. ‘‘Himavantaṃ, bhikkhave, pabbatarājaṃ nissāya mahāsālā pańcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhanti. Katamāhi pańcahi? Sākhāpattapalāsena vaḍḍhanti; tacena vaḍḍhanti; papaṭikāya vaḍḍhanti; pheggunā vaḍḍhanti; sārena vaḍḍhanti. Himavantaṃ, bhikkhave, pabbatarājaṃ nissāya mahāsālā imāhi pańcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhanti. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, saddhaṃ kulaputtaṃ nissāya antojano pańcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhati. Katamāhi pańcahi? Saddhāya vaḍḍhati; sīlena vaḍḍhati; sutena vaḍḍhati; cāgena vaḍḍhati; pańńāya vaḍḍhati. Saddhaṃ, bhikkhave, kulaputtaṃ nissāya antojano imāhi pańcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhatī’’ti.

‘‘Yathā hi pabbato selo, arańńasmiṃ brahāvane;

Taṃ rukkhā upanissāya, vaḍḍhante te vanappatī.

‘‘Tatheva sīlasampannaṃ, saddhaṃ kulaputtaṃ imaṃ [kulapatiṃ idha (sī.), kulaputtaṃ idha (syā.)];

Upanissāya vaḍḍhanti, puttadārā ca bandhavā;

Amaccā ńātisaṅghā ca, ye cassa anujīvino.

‘‘Tyassa sīlavato sīlaṃ, cāgaṃ sucaritāni ca;

Passamānānukubbanti, ye bhavanti vicakkhaṇā.

‘‘Imaṃ dhammaṃ caritvāna, maggaṃ [saggaṃ (syā. ka.)] sugatigāminaṃ;

Nandino devalokasmiṃ, modanti kāmakāmino’’ti. dasamaṃ;

Sumanavaggo catuttho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Sumanā cundī uggaho, sīho dānānisaṃsako;

Kālabhojanasaddhā ca, puttasālehi te dasāti.

 

5. Muṇḍarājavaggo

1. Ādiyasuttaṃ

41. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘pańcime, gahapati, bhogānaṃ ādiyā. Katame pańca? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati; mātāpitaro sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati; puttadāradāsakammakaraporise sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo bhogānaṃ ādiyo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi mittāmacce sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati. Ayaṃ dutiyo bhogānaṃ ādiyo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi yā tā honti āpadā – aggito vā udakato vā rājato vā corato vā appiyato vā dāyādato [appiyato vā dāyādato vā (bahūsu) a. ni. 4.61; 5.148] – tathārūpāsu āpadāsu bhogehi pariyodhāya vattati, sotthiṃ attānaṃ karoti. Ayaṃ tatiyo bhogānaṃ ādiyo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi pańcabaliṃ kattā hoti. Ńātibaliṃ, atithibaliṃ, pubbapetabaliṃ, rājabaliṃ, devatābaliṃ – ayaṃ catuttho bhogānaṃ ādiyo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapati, ariyasāvako uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā madappamādā paṭiviratā khantisoracce niviṭṭhā ekamattānaṃ damenti ekamattānaṃ samenti ekamattānaṃ parinibbāpenti, tathārūpesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti sovaggikaṃ sukhavipākaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ. Ayaṃ pańcamo bhogānaṃ ādiyo. Ime kho, gahapati, pańca bhogānaṃ ādiyā.

‘‘Tassa ce, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa ime pańca bhogānaṃ ādiye ādiyato bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ye vata bhogānaṃ ādiyā te cāhaṃ ādiyāmi bhogā ca me parikkhayaṃ gacchantī’ti. Itissa hoti avippaṭisāro. Tassa ce, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa ime pańca bhogānaṃ ādiye ādiyato bhogā abhivaḍḍhanti , tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ye vata bhogānaṃ ādiyā te cāhaṃ ādiyāmi bhogā ca me abhivaḍḍhantī’ti. Itissa hoti [itissa hoti avippaṭisāro, (sī. syā.)] ubhayeneva avippaṭisāro’’ti.

‘‘Bhuttā bhogā bhatā bhaccā [gatā tacchā (ka.)], vitiṇṇā āpadāsu me;

Uddhaggā dakkhiṇā dinnā, atho pańcabalīkatā;

Upaṭṭhitā sīlavanto, sańńatā brahmacārayo.

‘‘Yadatthaṃ bhogaṃ iccheyya, paṇḍito gharamāvasaṃ;

So me attho anuppatto, kataṃ ananutāpiyaṃ.

‘‘Etaṃ [evaṃ (ka.)] anussaraṃ macco, ariyadhamme ṭhito naro;

Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī’’ti [pecca sagge ca modatīti (sī. syā.)]. paṭhamaṃ;

2. Sappurisasuttaṃ

42. ‘‘Sappuriso, bhikkhave, kule jāyamāno bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; mātāpitūnaṃ [mātāpitunnaṃ (sī. pī.)]atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; puttadārassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; dāsakammakaraporisassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; mittāmaccānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāmegho sabbasassāni sampādento bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, sappuriso kule jāyamāno bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; mātāpitūnaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; puttadārassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; dāsakammakaraporisassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; mittāmaccānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti; samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hotī’’ti.

‘‘Hito bahunnaṃ paṭipajja bhoge, taṃ devatā rakkhati dhammaguttaṃ;

Bahussutaṃ sīlavatūpapannaṃ, dhamme ṭhitaṃ na vijahati [vijahāti (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] kitti.

‘‘Dhammaṭṭhaṃ sīlasampannaṃ, saccavādiṃ hirīmanaṃ;

Nekkhaṃ jambonadasseva, ko taṃ ninditumarahati;

Devāpi naṃ pasaṃsanti, brahmunāpi pasaṃsito’’ti. dutiyaṃ;

3. Iṭṭhasuttaṃ

43. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Pańcime, gahapati, dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. Katame pańca? Āyu, gahapati, iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ; vaṇṇo iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ; sukhaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpaṃ dullabhaṃ lokasmiṃ; yaso iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṃ; saggā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṃ. Ime kho, gahapati, pańca dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Imesaṃ kho, gahapati, pańcannaṃ dhammānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ dullabhānaṃ lokasmiṃ na āyācanahetu vā patthanāhetu vā [na patthanāhetu vā (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] paṭilābhaṃ vadāmi. Imesaṃ kho, gahapati, pańcannaṃ dhammānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ dullabhānaṃ lokasmiṃ āyācanahetu vā patthanāhetu vā paṭilābho abhavissa, ko idha kena hāyetha?

‘‘Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako āyukāmo āyuṃ āyācituṃ vā abhinandituṃ vā āyussa vāpi hetu. Āyukāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena āyusaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Āyusaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā āyupaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. So lābhī hoti āyussa dibbassa vā mānusassa vā.

‘‘Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako vaṇṇakāmo vaṇṇaṃ āyācituṃ vā abhinandituṃ vā vaṇṇassa vāpi hetu. Vaṇṇakāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena vaṇṇasaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Vaṇṇasaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā vaṇṇapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. So lābhī hoti vaṇṇassa dibbassa vā mānusassa vā.

‘‘Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako sukhakāmo sukhaṃ āyācituṃ vā abhinandituṃ vā sukhassa vāpi hetu. Sukhakāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena sukhasaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Sukhasaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā sukhapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. So lābhī hoti sukhassa dibbassa vā mānusassa vā.

‘‘Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako yasakāmo yasaṃ āyācituṃ vā abhinandituṃ vā yasassa vāpi hetu. Yasakāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena yasasaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Yasasaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā yasapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. So lābhī hoti yasassa dibbassa vā mānusassa vā.

‘‘Na kho, gahapati, arahati ariyasāvako saggakāmo saggaṃ āyācituṃ vā abhinandituṃ vā saggānaṃ vāpi hetu. Saggakāmena, gahapati, ariyasāvakena saggasaṃvattanikā paṭipadā paṭipajjitabbā. Saggasaṃvattanikā hissa paṭipadā paṭipannā saggapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati. So lābhī hoti saggāna’’nti.

‘‘Āyuṃ vaṇṇaṃ yasaṃ kittiṃ, saggaṃ uccākulīnataṃ;

Ratiyo patthayānena [patthayamānena (ka.)], uḷārā aparāparā.

‘‘Appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti, puńńakiriyāsu paṇḍitā;

‘‘Appamatto ubho atthe, adhigaṇhāti paṇḍito.

‘‘Diṭṭhe dhamme ca [diṭṭheva dhamme (sī.)] yo attho, yo cattho samparāyiko;

Atthābhisamayā dhīro, paṇḍitoti pavuccatī’’ti. tatiyaṃ;

4. Manāpadāyīsuttaṃ

44. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggassa gahapatino vesālikassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pańńatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho uggo gahapati vesāliko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’nti. Manāpaṃ me, bhante, sālapupphakaṃ [sālipupphakaṃ (ka.)] khādanīyaṃ; taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya.

‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’nti. Manāpaṃ me, bhante, sampannakolakaṃ sūkaramaṃsaṃ [sampannasūkaramaṃsaṃ (sī.), sampannavarasūkaramaṃsaṃ (syā.)]; taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya.

‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’nti. Manāpaṃ me, bhante, nibbattatelakaṃ [nibaddhatelakaṃ (pī. sī. aṭṭha.), nibbaṭṭatelakaṃ (syā. aṭṭha.)] nāliyasākaṃ; taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya.

‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’nti. Manāpo me, bhante, sālīnaṃ odano vicitakāḷako [vigatakālako (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)] anekasūpo anekabyańjano; taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya.

‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’nti. Manāpāni me, bhante, kāsikāni vatthāni; tāni me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya.

‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’nti . Manāpo me, bhante, pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo [kādalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo (sī.)] sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno. Api ca, bhante, mayampetaṃ jānāma – ‘netaṃ bhagavato kappatī’ti. Idaṃ me, bhante, candanaphalakaṃ agghati adhikasatasahassaṃ; taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā anukampaṃ upādāya. Atha kho bhagavā uggaṃ gahapatiṃ vesālikaṃ iminā anumodanīyena anumodi –

‘‘Manāpadāyī labhate manāpaṃ,

Yo ujjubhūtesu [ujubhūtesu (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] dadāti chandasā;

Acchādanaṃ sayanamannapānaṃ [sayanamathannapānaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)],

Nānāppakārāni ca paccayāni.

‘‘Cattańca muttańca anuggahītaṃ [anaggahītaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)],

Khettūpame arahante viditvā;

So duccajaṃ sappuriso cajitvā,

Manāpadāyī labhate manāpa’’nti.

Atha kho bhagavā uggaṃ gahapatiṃ vesālikaṃ iminā anumodanīyena anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko aparena samayena kālamakāsi. Kālaṅkato [kālakato (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] ca uggo gahapati vesāliko ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapajji. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho uggo devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho uggaṃ devaputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, ugga, yathādhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Taggha me, bhagavā, yathādhippāyo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā uggaṃ devaputtaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi –

‘‘Manāpadāyī labhate manāpaṃ,

Aggassa dātā labhate punaggaṃ;

Varassa dātā varalābhi hoti,

Seṭṭhaṃ dado seṭṭhamupeti ṭhānaṃ.

‘‘Yo aggadāyī varadāyī, seṭṭhadāyī ca yo naro;

Dīghāyu yasavā hoti, yattha yatthūpapajjatī’’ti. catutthaṃ;

5. Puńńābhisandasuttaṃ

45. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, puńńābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Katame pańca? Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cīvaraṃ paribhuńjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puńńābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuńjamāno…pe… yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihāraṃ paribhuńjamāno…pe… yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mańcapīṭhaṃ paribhuńjamāno…pe….

‘‘Yassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuńjamāno appamāṇaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, appamāṇo tassa puńńābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca puńńābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Imehi ca pana, bhikkhave, pańcahi puńńābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puńńassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ – ‘ettako puńńābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. Atha kho asaṅkheyyo appameyyo mahāpuńńakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde na sukaraṃ udakassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ – ‘ettakāni udakāḷhakānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasatānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasahassānīti vā ettakāni udakāḷhakasatasahassānīti vā; atha kho asaṅkheyyo appameyyo mahāudakakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati’. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imehi pańcahi puńńābhisandehi kusalābhisandehi samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa na sukaraṃ puńńassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ – ‘ettako puńńābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattatī’ti. Atha kho asaṅkheyyo appameyyo mahāpuńńakkhandhotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī’’ti.

‘‘Mahodadhiṃ aparimitaṃ mahāsaraṃ,

Bahubheravaṃ ratnagaṇānamālayaṃ;

Najjo yathā naragaṇasaṅghasevitā [maccha gaṇasaṃghasevitā (syā. kaṃ. ka.) saṃ. ni. 5.1037 passitabbaṃ],

Puthū savantī upayanti sāgaraṃ.

‘‘Evaṃ naraṃ annadapānavatthadaṃ,

Seyyānisajjattharaṇassa dāyakaṃ;

Puńńassa dhārā upayanti paṇḍitaṃ,

Najjo yathā vārivahāva sāgara’’nti. pańcamaṃ;

6. Sampadāsuttaṃ

46. ‘‘Pańcimā, bhikkhave, sampadā. Katamā pańca? Saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, sutasampadā, cāgasampadā, pańńāsampadā – imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca sampadā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Dhanasuttaṃ

47. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, dhanāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhādhanaṃ, sīladhanaṃ, sutadhanaṃ, cāgadhanaṃ, pańńādhanaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, saddhādhanaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhādhanaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca , bhikkhave, sīladhanaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānāpaṭivirato hoti. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sīladhanaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, sutadhanaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdho. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sutadhanaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, cāgadhanaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, cāgadhanaṃ.

‘‘Katamańca, bhikkhave, pańńādhanaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pańńavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pańńādhanaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhanānī’’ti.

[a. ni. 4.52] ‘‘Yassa saddhā tathāgate, acalā suppatiṭṭhitā;

Sīlańca yassa kalyāṇaṃ, ariyakantaṃ pasaṃsitaṃ.

‘‘Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, ujubhūtańca dassanaṃ;

Adaliddoti taṃ āhu, amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ.

‘‘Tasmā saddhańca sīlańca, pasādaṃ dhammadassanaṃ;

Anuyuńjetha medhāvī, saraṃ buddhāna sāsana’’nti. sattamaṃ;

8. Alabbhanīyaṭhānasuttaṃ

48. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. Katamāni pańca? ‘Jarādhammaṃ mā jīrī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. ‘Byādhidhammaṃ mā byādhīyī’ti [vyādhidhammaṃ ‘‘mā vyādhīyī’’ti (sī. pī.)] …pe… ‘maraṇadhammaṃ mā mīyī’ti… ‘khayadhammaṃ mā khīyī’ti… ‘nassanadhammaṃ mā nassī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Assutavato , bhikkhave, puthujjanassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe na iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa [mayhamevekassa (sī.)] jarādhammaṃ jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ jarādhammaṃ jīrati. Ahańceva [ahańce (?)] kho pana jarādhamme jiṇṇe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ [kammantopi nappavatteyya (ka.)], amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṃyeva paritāpeti’’’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, assutavato puthujjanassa byādhidhammaṃ byādhīyati…pe… maraṇadhammaṃ mīyati… khayadhammaṃ khīyati… nassanadhammaṃ nassati. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe na iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa nassanadhammaṃ nassati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ nassanadhammaṃ nassati. Ahańceva kho pana nassanadhamme naṭṭhe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ , sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṃyeva paritāpeti’’’.

‘‘Sutavato ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ jarādhammaṃ jīrati. Ahańceva kho pana jarādhamme jiṇṇe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati . Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi [abbahi (sī.)] savisaṃ sokasallaṃ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṃyeva paritāpeti. Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṃyeva parinibbāpeti’’’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavato ariyasāvakassa byādhidhammaṃ byādhīyati…pe… maraṇadhammaṃ mīyati… khayadhammaṃ khīyati… nassanadhammaṃ nassati. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa nassanadhammaṃ nassati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ nassanadhammaṃ nassati. Ahańceva kho pana nassanadhamme naṭṭhe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṃ sokasallaṃ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṃyeva paritāpeti. Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṃyeva parinibbāpetī’’’ti.

‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti.

[jā. 1.5.96 jātakepi] ‘‘Na socanāya paridevanāya,

Atthodha labbhā [attho idha labbhati (syā.), attho idha labbhā (pī.)] api appakopi;

Socantamenaṃ dukhitaṃ viditvā,

Paccatthikā attamanā bhavanti.

‘‘Yato ca kho paṇḍito āpadāsu,

Na vedhatī atthavinicchayańńū;

Paccatthikāssa dukhitā bhavanti,

Disvā mukhaṃ avikāraṃ purāṇaṃ.

‘‘Jappena mantena subhāsitena,

Anuppadānena paveṇiyā vā;

Yathā yathā yattha [yathā yathā yattha yattha (ka.)] labhetha atthaṃ,

Tathā tathā tattha parakkameyya.

‘‘Sace pajāneyya alabbhaneyyo,

Mayāva [mayā vā (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] ańńena vā esa attho;

Asocamāno adhivāsayeyya,

Kammaṃ daḷhaṃ kinti karomi dānī’’ti. aṭṭhamaṃ;

9. Kosalasuttaṃ

49. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

(Tena kho pana samayena mallikā devī kālaṅkatā hoti.) [( ) natthi (sī.)] Atha kho ańńataro puriso yena rājā pasenadi kosalo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rańńo pasenadissa kosalassa upakaṇṇake āroceti – ‘‘mallikā devī, deva [deva devī (syā. kaṃ. pī.)], kālaṅkatā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte rājā pasenadi kosalo dukkhī dummano pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi.

Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ dukkhiṃ dummanaṃ pattakkhandhaṃ adhomukhaṃ pajjhāyantaṃ appaṭibhānaṃ viditvā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘pańcimāni, mahārāja, alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. Katamāni pańca? ‘Jarādhammaṃ mā jīrī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ…pe… na socanāya paridevanāya…pe… kammaṃ daḷhaṃ kinti karomi dānī’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Nāradasuttaṃ

50. Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā nārado pāṭaliputte viharati kukkuṭārāme. Tena kho pana samayena muṇḍassa rańńo bhaddā devī kālaṅkatā hoti piyā manāpā. So bhaddāya deviyā kālaṅkatāya piyāya manāpāya neva nhāyati [nahāyati (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] na vilimpati na bhattaṃ bhuńjati na kammantaṃ payojeti – rattindivaṃ [rattidivaṃ (ka.)] bhaddāya deviyā sarīre ajjhomucchito. Atha kho muṇḍo rājā piyakaṃ kosārakkhaṃ [sokārakkhaṃ (syā.)] āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, samma piyaka , bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṃ āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā ańńissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjatha, yathā mayaṃ bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṃ cirataraṃ passeyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho piyako kosārakkho muṇḍassa rańńo paṭissutvā bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṃ āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā ańńissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujji.

Atha kho piyakassa kosārakkhassa etadahosi – ‘‘imassa kho muṇḍassa rańńo bhaddā devī kālaṅkatā piyā manāpā. So bhaddāya deviyā kālaṅkatāya piyāya manāpāya neva nhāyati na vilimpati na bhattaṃ bhuńjati na kammantaṃ payojeti – rattindivaṃ bhaddāya deviyā sarīre ajjhomucchito. Kaṃ [kiṃ (ka.)] nu kho muṇḍo rājā samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā payirupāseyya, yassa dhammaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ pajaheyyā’’ti!

Atha kho piyakassa kosārakkhassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā nārado pāṭaliputte viharati kukkuṭārāme. Taṃ kho panāyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘paṇḍito viyatto [vyatto (sī. pī.), byatto (syā. kaṃ., dī. ni. 2.407)]medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva [buddho ceva (ka.)] arahā ca’ [arahā cā’ti (?)]. Yaṃnūna muṇḍo rājā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ payirupāseyya, appeva nāma muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ pajaheyyā’’ti.

Atha kho piyako kosārakkho yena muṇḍo rājā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā muṇḍaṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, deva, āyasmā nārado pāṭaliputte viharati kukkuṭārāme. Taṃ kho panāyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī bahussuto cittakathī kalyāṇapaṭibhāno vuddho ceva arahā ca’ [arahā cā’ti (?)]. Yadi pana devo āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ payirupāseyya, appeva nāma devo āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ pajaheyyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, samma piyaka , āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ paṭivedehi. Kathańhi nāma mādiso samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā vijite vasantaṃ pubbe appaṭisaṃvidito upasaṅkamitabbaṃ mańńeyyā’’ti ! ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho piyako kosārakkho muṇḍassa rańńo paṭissutvā yenāyasmā nārado tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho piyako kosārakkho āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Imassa , bhante, muṇḍassa rańńo bhaddā devī kālaṅkatā piyā manāpā. So bhaddāya deviyā kālaṅkatāya piyāya manāpāya neva nhāyati na vilimpati na bhattaṃ bhuńjati na kammantaṃ payojeti – rattindivaṃ bhaddāya deviyā sarīre ajjhomucchito. Sādhu, bhante, āyasmā nārado muṇḍassa rańńo tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā muṇḍo rājā āyasmato nāradassa dhammaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ pajaheyyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni, piyaka, muṇḍo rājā kālaṃ mańńatī’’ti.

Atha kho piyako kosārakkho uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena muṇḍo rājā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā muṇḍaṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katāvakāso kho, deva, āyasmatā nāradena. Yassadāni devo kālaṃ mańńatī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, samma piyaka, bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni yojāpehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho piyako kosārakkho muṇḍassa rańńo paṭissutvā bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā muṇḍaṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yuttāni kho te, deva, bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni. Yassadāni devo kālaṃ mańńatī’’ti.

Atha kho muṇḍo rājā bhadraṃ yānaṃ [bhadraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.), bhaddaṃ yānaṃ (pī.)] abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi yena kukkuṭārāmo tena pāyāsi mahaccā [mahacca (bahūsu)] rājānubhāvena āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ dassanāya. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova ārāmaṃ pāvisi. Atha kho muṇḍo rājā yena āyasmā nārado tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho muṇḍaṃ rājānaṃ āyasmā nārado etadavoca –

‘‘Pańcimāni, mahārāja, alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. Katamāni pańca? ‘Jarādhammaṃ mā jīrī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ. ‘Byādhidhammaṃ mā byādhīyī’ti…pe… ‘maraṇadhammaṃ mā mīyī’ti… ‘khayadhammaṃ mā khīyī’ti… ‘nassanadhammaṃ mā nassī’ti alabbhanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Assutavato , mahārāja, puthujjanassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe na iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ jarādhammaṃ jīrati. Ahańceva kho pana jarādhamme jiṇṇe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja – ‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṃyeva paritāpeti’’’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, mahārāja, assutavato puthujjanassa byādhidhammaṃ byādhīyati…pe… maraṇadhammaṃ mīyati… khayadhammaṃ khīyati… nassanadhammaṃ nassati. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe na iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa nassanadhammaṃ nassati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ nassanadhammaṃ nassati. Ahańceva kho pana nassanadhamme naṭṭhe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja – ‘assutavā puthujjano viddho savisena sokasallena attānaṃyeva paritāpeti’’’.

‘‘Sutavato ca kho, mahārāja, ariyasāvakassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa jarādhammaṃ jīrati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ jarādhammaṃ jīrati. Ahańceva kho pana jarādhamme jiṇṇe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. So jarādhamme jiṇṇe na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja – ‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṃ sokasallaṃ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṃyeva paritāpeti. Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṃyeva parinibbāpeti’’’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, mahārāja, sutavato ariyasāvakassa byādhidhammaṃ byādhīyati…pe… maraṇadhammaṃ mīyati… khayadhammaṃ khīyati… nassanadhammaṃ nassati. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa nassanadhammaṃ nassati, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ nassanadhammaṃ nassati. Ahańceva kho pana nassanadhamme naṭṭhe soceyyaṃ kilameyyaṃ parideveyyaṃ, urattāḷiṃ kandeyyaṃ, sammohaṃ āpajjeyyaṃ, bhattampi me nacchādeyya, kāyepi dubbaṇṇiyaṃ okkameyya, kammantāpi nappavatteyyuṃ, amittāpi attamanā assu, mittāpi dummanā assū’ti. So nassanadhamme naṭṭhe na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja – ‘sutavā ariyasāvako abbuhi savisaṃ sokasallaṃ, yena viddho assutavā puthujjano attānaṃyeva paritāpeti. Asoko visallo ariyasāvako attānaṃyeva parinibbāpeti ’’’.

‘‘Imāni kho, mahārāja, pańca alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti.

‘‘Na socanāya paridevanāya,

Atthodha labbhā api appakopi;

Socantamenaṃ dukhitaṃ viditvā,

Paccatthikā attamanā bhavanti.

‘‘Yato ca kho paṇḍito āpadāsu,

Na vedhatī atthavinicchayańńū;

Paccatthikāssa dukhitā bhavanti,

Disvā mukhaṃ avikāraṃ purāṇaṃ.

‘‘Jappena mantena subhāsitena,

Anuppadānena paveṇiyā vā;

Yathā yathā yattha labhetha atthaṃ,

Tathā tathā tattha parakkameyya.

‘‘Sace pajāneyya alabbhaneyyo,

Mayāva ańńena vā esa attho;

Asocamāno adhivāsayeyya,

Kammaṃ daḷhaṃ kinti karomi dānī’’ti [jā. 1 jātakepi].

Evaṃ vutte muṇḍo rājā āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko nāmo [ko nu kho (sī. pī.)] ayaṃ, bhante, dhammapariyāyo’’ti? ‘‘Sokasallaharaṇo nāma ayaṃ, mahārāja, dhammapariyāyo’’ti. ‘‘Taggha, bhante, sokasallaharaṇo [taggha bhante sokasallaharaṇo, taggha bhante sokasallaharaṇo (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]! Imańhi me, bhante, dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā sokasallaṃ pahīna’’nti.

Atha kho muṇḍo rājā piyakaṃ kosārakkhaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, samma piyaka, bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṃ jhāpetha; thūpańcassā karotha. Ajjatagge dāni mayaṃ nhāyissāma ceva vilimpissāma bhattańca bhuńjissāma kammante ca payojessāmā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Muṇḍarājavaggo pańcamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Ādiyo sappuriso iṭṭhā, manāpadāyībhisandaṃ;

Sampadā ca dhanaṃ ṭhānaṃ, kosalo nāradena cāti.

Paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ samattaṃ.

2. Dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ

 

 

(6) 1. Nīvaraṇavaggo

1. Āvaraṇasuttaṃ

51. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, āvaraṇā nīvaraṇā cetaso ajjhāruhā pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇā. Katame pańca? Kāmacchando, bhikkhave, āvaraṇo nīvaraṇo cetaso ajjhāruho pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇo. Byāpādo, bhikkhave, āvaraṇo nīvaraṇo cetaso ajjhāruho pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇo. Thinamiddhaṃ, bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ cetaso ajjhāruhaṃ pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇaṃ. Uddhaccakukkuccaṃ, bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ cetaso ajjhāruhaṃ pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇaṃ. Vicikicchā, bhikkhave, āvaraṇā nīvaraṇā cetaso ajjhāruhā pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca āvaraṇā nīvaraṇā cetaso ajjhāruhā pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇā.

‘‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ime pańca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇe appahāya, abalāya pańńāya dubbalāya attatthaṃ vā ńassati paratthaṃ vā ńassati ubhayatthaṃ vā ńassati uttari [uttariṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vā manussadhammā alamariyańāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadī pabbateyyā dūraṅgamā [dūragamā (sī.)] sīghasotā hārahārinī. Tassā puriso ubhato naṅgalamukhāni vivareyya. Evańhi so, bhikkhave, majjhe nadiyā soto vikkhitto visaṭo byādiṇṇo neva [na ceva (ka.)] dūraṅgamo assa na [na ca (ka.)] sīghasoto na [na ca (ka.)] hārahārī [hārahāriṇī (sī.)]. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, so vata bhikkhu ime pańca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇe appahāya, abalāya pańńāya dubbalāya attatthaṃ vā ńassati paratthaṃ vā ńassati ubhayatthaṃ vā ńassati uttari vā manussadhammā alamariyańāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

‘‘So vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ime pańca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇe pahāya, balavatiyā pańńāya attatthaṃ vā ńassati paratthaṃ vā ńassati ubhayatthaṃ vā ńassati uttari vā manussadhammā alamariyańāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, nadī pabbateyyā dūraṅgamā sīghasotā hārahārinī. Tassā puriso ubhato naṅgalamukhāni pidaheyya. Evańhi so, bhikkhave, majjhe nadiyā soto avikkhitto avisaṭo abyādiṇṇo dūraṅgamo ceva assa sīghasoto ca hārahārī ca. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, so vata bhikkhu ime pańca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇe pahāya, balavatiyā pańńāya attatthaṃ vā ńassati paratthaṃ vā ńassati ubhayatthaṃ vā ńassati uttari vā manussadhammā alamariyańāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Akusalarāsisuttaṃ

52. ‘‘Akusalarāsīti , bhikkhave, vadamāno pańca nīvaraṇe [ime pańca nīvaraṇe (sī.)] sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Kevalo hāyaṃ [hayaṃ (sī.), cāyaṃ (syā. kaṃ.), sāyaṃ (ka.)], bhikkhave, akusalarāsi yadidaṃ pańca nīvaraṇā. Katame pańca? Kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ, byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ, thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ, uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ, vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ. Akusalarāsīti, bhikkhave, vadamāno ime pańca nīvaraṇe sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Kevalo hāyaṃ, bhikkhave, akusalarāsi yadidaṃ pańca nīvaraṇā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Padhāniyaṅgasuttaṃ

53. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, padhāniyaṅgāni. Katamāni pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti . Appābādho hoti appātaṅko; samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya; asaṭho hoti amāyāvī; yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikattā satthari vā vińńūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu; āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; pańńavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca padhāniyaṅgānī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Samayasuttaṃ

54. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, asamayā padhānāya. Katame pańca? Idha , bhikkhave, bhikkhu jiṇṇo hoti jarāyābhibhūto. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo asamayo padhānāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu byādhito hoti byādhinābhibhūto. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo asamayo padhānāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, dubbhikkhaṃ hoti dussassaṃ dullabhapiṇḍaṃ, na sukaraṃ uńchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo asamayo padhānāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhayaṃ hoti aṭavisaṅkopo, cakkasamārūḷhā jānapadā pariyāyanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho asamayo padhānāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅgho bhinno hoti. Saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, bhinne ańńamańńaṃ akkosā ca honti, ańńamańńaṃ paribhāsā ca honti, ańńamańńaṃ parikkhepā ca honti, ańńamańńaṃ pariccajā ca honti. Tattha appasannā ceva nappasīdanti, pasannānańca ekaccānaṃ ańńathattaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo asamayo padhānāya. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca asamayā padhānāyāti.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, samayā padhānāya. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu daharo hoti yuvā susu kāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samayo padhānāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu appābādho hoti appātaṅko, samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo samayo padhānāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, subhikkhaṃ hoti susassaṃ sulabhapiṇḍaṃ, sukaraṃ uńchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo samayo padhānāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, manussā samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā ańńamańńaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho samayo padhānāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅgho samaggo sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharati. Saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, samagge na ceva ańńamańńaṃ akkosā honti, na ca ańńamańńaṃ paribhāsā honti, na ca ańńamańńaṃ parikkhepā honti, na ca ańńamańńaṃ pariccajā honti. Tattha appasannā ceva pasīdanti, pasannānańca bhiyyobhāvo [bhīyyobhāvāya (ka.)] hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo samayo padhānāya. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca samayā padhānāyā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Mātāputtasuttaṃ

55. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ ubho mātāputtā vassāvāsaṃ upagamiṃsu [upasaṅkamiṃsu (ka.)] – bhikkhu ca bhikkhunī ca. Te ańńamańńassa abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmā ahesuṃ. Mātāpi puttassa abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmā ahosi; puttopi mātaraṃ abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmo ahosi. Tesaṃ abhiṇhaṃ dassanā saṃsaggo ahosi. Saṃsagge sati vissāso ahosi. Vissāse sati otāro ahosi. Te otiṇṇacittā sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsu.

Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante, sāvatthiyaṃ ubho mātāputtā vassāvāsaṃ upagamiṃsu – bhikkhu ca bhikkhunī ca, te ańńamańńassa abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmā ahesuṃ, mātāpi puttassa abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmā ahosi, puttopi mātaraṃ abhiṇhaṃ dassanakāmo ahosi. Tesaṃ abhiṇhaṃ dassanā saṃsaggo ahosi, saṃsagge sati vissāso ahosi, vissāse sati otāro ahosi, te otiṇṇacittā sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsū’’ti.

‘‘Kiṃ nu so, bhikkhave, moghapuriso mańńati – ‘na mātā putte sārajjati, putto vā pana mātarī’ti? Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ańńaṃ ekarūpampi samanupassāmi evaṃ [yaṃ evaṃ (sī.)] rajanīyaṃ evaṃ kamanīyaṃ evaṃ madanīyaṃ evaṃ bandhanīyaṃ evaṃ mucchanīyaṃ evaṃ antarāyakaraṃ anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, itthirūpaṃ. Itthirūpe, bhikkhave, sattā rattā giddhā gathitā [gadhitā (syā. pī. ka.)] mucchitā ajjhosannā [ajjhopannā (bahūsu)]. Te dīgharattaṃ socanti itthirūpavasānugā.

‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ańńaṃ ekasaddampi…pe… ekagandhampi… ekarasampi… ekaphoṭṭhabbampi samanupassāmi evaṃ rajanīyaṃ evaṃ kamanīyaṃ evaṃ madanīyaṃ evaṃ bandhanīyaṃ evaṃ mucchanīyaṃ evaṃ antarāyakaraṃ anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, itthiphoṭṭhabbaṃ . Itthiphoṭṭhabbe, bhikkhave, sattā rattā giddhā gathitā mucchitā ajjhosannā. Te dīgharattaṃ socanti itthiphoṭṭhabbavasānugā.

‘‘Itthī, bhikkhave, gacchantīpi purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati; ṭhitāpi…pe… nisinnāpi… sayānāpi… hasantīpi… bhaṇantīpi… gāyantīpi… rodantīpi… ugghātitāpi [ugghānitāpi (sī.)] … matāpi purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. Yańhi taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘samantapāso mārassā’ti mātugāmaṃyeva sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘samantapāso mārassā’’’ti.

‘‘Sallape asihatthena, pisācenāpi sallape;

Āsīvisampi āsīde [āsadde (syā. kaṃ.)], yena daṭṭho na jīvati.

‘‘Natveva eko ekāya, mātugāmena sallape;

Muṭṭhassatiṃ tā bandhanti, pekkhitena sitena ca [mhitena ca (syā. kaṃ.)].

‘‘Athopi dunnivatthena, mańjunā bhaṇitena ca;

Neso jano svāsīsado, api ugghātito mato.

‘‘Pańca kāmaguṇā ete, itthirūpasmiṃ dissare;

Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā.

‘‘Tesaṃ kāmoghavūḷhānaṃ, kāme aparijānataṃ;

Kālaṃ gati [gatiṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhavābhavaṃ, saṃsārasmiṃ purakkhatā.

‘‘Ye ca kāme parińńāya, caranti akutobhayā;

Te ve pāraṅgatā loke, ye pattā āsavakkhaya’’nti. pańcamaṃ;

6. Upajjhāyasuttaṃ

56. Atha kho ańńataro bhikkhu yena sako upajjhāyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sakaṃ upajjhāyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘etarahi me, bhante, madhurakajāto ceva kāyo, disā ca me na pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca maṃ nappaṭibhanti, thinamiddhańca me cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, atthi ca me dhammesu vicikicchā’’ti.

Atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ saddhivihārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, bhikkhu evamāha – ‘etarahi me, bhante, madhurakajāto ceva kāyo, disā ca maṃ na pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca me nappaṭibhanti, thinamiddhańca me cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, atthi ca me dhammesu vicikicchā’’’ti.

‘‘Evańhetaṃ , bhikkhu, hoti indriyesu aguttadvārassa, bhojane amattańńuno, jāgariyaṃ ananuyuttassa, avipassakassa kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ ananuyuttassa viharato, yaṃ madhurakajāto ceva kāyo hoti, disā cassa na pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca taṃ nappaṭibhanti, thinamiddhańcassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carati, hoti cassa dhammesu vicikicchā. Tasmātiha te, bhikkhu, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘indriyesu guttadvāro bhavissāmi, bhojane mattańńū, jāgariyaṃ anuyutto, vipassako kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyutto viharissāmī’ti. Evańhi te, bhikkhu, sikkhitabba’’nti.

Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavatā iminā ovādena ovadito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti abbhańńāsi. Ańńataro pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosi.

Atha kho so bhikkhu arahattaṃ patto yena sako upajjhāyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sakaṃ upajjhāyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘etarahi me, bhante, na ceva [na tveva (sī.)] madhurakajāto kāyo, disā ca me pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca maṃ paṭibhanti, thinamiddhańca me cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, abhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, natthi ca me dhammesu vicikicchā’’ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ saddhivihārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, bhikkhu evamāha – ‘etarahi me, bhante, na ceva madhurakajāto kāyo, disā ca me pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca maṃ paṭibhanti, thinamiddhańca me cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, abhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, natthi ca me dhammesu vicikicchā’’’ti.

‘‘Evańhetaṃ, bhikkhu, hoti indriyesu guttadvārassa, bhojane mattańńuno, jāgariyaṃ anuyuttassa, vipassakassa kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyuttassa viharato, yaṃ na ceva madhurakajāto kāyo hoti, disā cassa pakkhāyanti, dhammā ca taṃ paṭibhanti, thinamiddhańcassa cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, abhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carati, na cassa hoti dhammesu vicikicchā. Tasmātiha vo, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘indriyesu guttadvārā bhavissāma, bhojane mattańńuno, jāgariyaṃ anuyuttā, vipassakā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanānuyogaṃ anuyuttā viharissāmā’ti. Evańhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabba’’nti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

57. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, ṭhānāni abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbāni itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. Katamāni pańca? ‘Jarādhammomhi, jaraṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. ‘Byādhidhammomhi, byādhiṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. ‘Maraṇadhammomhi, maraṇaṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. ‘Sabbehi me piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. ‘Kammassakomhi, kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo. Yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi – kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā – tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.

‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘jarādhammomhi, jaraṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā? Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ yobbane yobbanamado, yena madena mattā kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo yobbane yobbanamado so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘jarādhammomhi, jaraṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.

‘‘Kińca , bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘byādhidhammomhi, byādhiṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā? Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ ārogye ārogyamado, yena madena mattā kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo ārogye ārogyamado so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘byādhidhammomhi, byādhiṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.

‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘maraṇadhammomhi, maraṇaṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā? Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ jīvite jīvitamado, yena madena mattā kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo jīvite jīvitamado so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘maraṇadhammomhi, maraṇaṃ anatīto’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.

‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘sabbehi me piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā? Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ piyesu manāpesu yo chandarāgo yena rāgena rattā kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo piyesu manāpesu chandarāgo so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘sabbehi me piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.

‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘kammassakomhi, kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi – kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā – tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā ? Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato sabbaso vā duccaritaṃ pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca ‘kammassakomhi, kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi – kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā – tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī’ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.

‘‘Sa kho [sace (pī. ka.)] so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho ahańńeveko jarādhammo [ahańceveko jarādhammomhi (ka.)] jaraṃ anatīto, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbe sattā jarādhammā jaraṃ anatītā’ti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sańjāyati. So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti anusayā byantīhonti.

‘‘Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho ahańńeveko byādhidhammo byādhiṃ anatīto, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbe sattā byādhidhammā byādhiṃ anatītā’ti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sańjāyati. So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhonti.

‘‘Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho ahańńeveko maraṇadhammo maraṇaṃ anatīto, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbe sattā maraṇadhammā maraṇaṃ anatītā’ti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sańjāyati. So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhonti.

‘‘Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho mayhevekassa sabbehi piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo, atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’ti. Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sańjāyati. So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhonti.

‘‘Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘na kho ahańńeveko kammassako kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammappaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi – kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā – tassa dāyādo bhavissāmi; atha kho yāvatā sattānaṃ āgati gati cuti upapatti sabbe sattā kammassakā kammadāyādā kammayoni kammabandhu kammappaṭisaraṇā, yaṃ kammaṃ karissanti – kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā – tassa dāyādā bhavissantī’ti . Tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato maggo sańjāyati. So taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. Tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti, anusayā byantīhontī’’ti.

‘‘Byādhidhammā jarādhammā, atho maraṇadhammino;

Yathā dhammā tathā sattā [santā (syā. kaṃ.)], jigucchanti puthujjanā.

‘‘Ahańce taṃ jiguccheyyaṃ, evaṃ dhammesu pāṇisu;

Na metaṃ patirūpassa, mama evaṃ vihārino.

‘‘Sohaṃ evaṃ viharanto, ńatvā dhammaṃ nirūpadhiṃ;

Ārogye yobbanasmińca, jīvitasmińca ye madā.

‘‘Sabbe made abhibhosmi, nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato [nekkhamme daṭṭhu khemataṃ (a. ni. 3.39) ubhayatthapi aṭṭhakathāya sameti];

Tassa me ahu ussāho, nibbānaṃ abhipassato.

‘‘Nāhaṃ bhabbo etarahi, kāmāni paṭisevituṃ;

Anivatti [anivattī (?)] bhavissāmi, brahmacariyaparāyaṇo’’ti. sattamaṃ;

8. Licchavikumārakasuttaṃ

58. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto mahāvanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā ańńatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi.

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā licchavikumārakā sajjāni dhanūni ādāya kukkurasaṅghaparivutā mahāvane anucaṅkamamānā anuvicaramānā addasu bhagavantaṃ ańńatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ; disvāna sajjāni dhanūni nikkhipitvā kukkurasaṅghaṃ ekamantaṃ uyyojetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtā pańjalikā bhagavantaṃ payirupāsanti.

Tena kho pana samayena mahānāmo licchavi mahāvane jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno addasa te licchavikumārake tuṇhībhūte tuṇhībhūte pańjalike bhagavantaṃ payirupāsante; disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo licchavi udānaṃ udānesi – ‘bhavissanti vajjī, bhavissanti vajjī’’’ti!

‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, mahānāma, evaṃ vadesi – ‘bhavissanti vajjī, bhavissanti vajjī’’’ti? ‘‘Ime, bhante, licchavikumārakā caṇḍā pharusā apānubhā [apajahāti (sī.), apāṭubhā (syā. kaṃ.), apajahā (pī.), apānutā (katthaci)]. Yānipi tāni kulesu paheṇakāni [pahīnakāni (sī.), pahīṇakāni (syā. kaṃ. pī.)] pahīyanti, ucchūti vā badarāti vā pūvāti vā modakāti vā saṃkulikāti vā [sakkhalikāti vā (sī. pī.)], tāni vilumpitvā vilumpitvā khādanti; kulitthīnampi kulakumārīnampi pacchāliyaṃ khipanti. Te dānime tuṇhībhūtā tuṇhībhūtā pańjalikā bhagavantaṃ payirupāsantī’’ti.

‘‘Yassa kassaci, mahānāma, kulaputtassa pańca dhammā saṃvijjanti – yadi vā rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa, yadi vā raṭṭhikassa pettanikassa [muddhābhisittassa (ka.) a. ni. 5.135, 136 passitabbaṃ], yadi vā senāya senāpatikassa, yadi vā gāmagāmaṇikassa, yadi vā pūgagāmaṇikassa, ye vā pana kulesu paccekādhipaccaṃ kārenti, vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Katame pańca? Idha, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi mātāpitaro sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti . Tamenaṃ mātāpitaro sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti – ‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. Mātāpitānukampitassa, mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi puttadāradāsakammakaraporise [… sāmantasaṃvohāre (sī. pī.)] sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti. Tamenaṃ puttadāradāsakammakaraporisā sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti – ‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. Puttadāradāsakammakaraporisānukampitassa, mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi khettakammantasāmantasabyohāre sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti. Tamenaṃ khettakammantasāmantasabyohārā sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti – ‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. Khettakammantasāmantasabyohārānukampitassa, mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi yāvatā balipaṭiggāhikā devatā sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti. Tamenaṃ balipaṭiggāhikā devatā sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti – ‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. Devatānukampitassa, mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, kulaputto uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatehi bhogehi bāhābalaparicitehi sedāvakkhittehi dhammikehi dhammaladdhehi samaṇabrāhmaṇe sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti. Tamenaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇā sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā kalyāṇena manasā anukampanti – ‘ciraṃ jīva, dīghamāyuṃ pālehī’ti. Samaṇabrāhmaṇānukampitassa , mahānāma, kulaputtassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

‘‘Yassa kassaci, mahānāma, kulaputtassa ime pańca dhammā saṃvijjanti – yadi vā rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa, yadi vā raṭṭhikassa pettanikassa , yadi vā senāya senāpatikassa, yadi vā gāmagāmaṇikassa, yadi vā pūgagāmaṇikassa, ye vā pana kulesu paccekādhipaccaṃ kārenti, vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.

‘‘Mātāpitukiccakaro, puttadārahito sadā;

Antojanassa atthāya, ye cassa anujīvino.

‘‘Ubhinnańceva atthāya, vadańńū hoti sīlavā;

Ńātīnaṃ pubbapetānaṃ, diṭṭhe dhamme ca jīvataṃ [jīvinaṃ (sī.), jīvitaṃ (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)].

‘‘Samaṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ, devatānańca paṇḍito;

Vittisańjanano hoti, dhammena gharamāvasaṃ.

‘‘So karitvāna kalyāṇaṃ, pujjo hoti pasaṃsiyo;

Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī’’ti. aṭṭhamaṃ;

9. Paṭhamavuḍḍhapabbajitasuttaṃ

59. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato dullabho vuḍḍhapabbajito. Katamehi pańcahi? Dullabho, bhikkhave, vuḍḍhapabbajito nipuṇo, dullabho ākappasampanno, dullabho bahussuto , dullabho dhammakathiko, dullabho vinayadharo. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato dullabho vuḍḍhapabbajito’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Dutiyavuḍḍhapabbajitasuttaṃ

60. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato dullabho vuḍḍhapabbajito. Katamehi pańcahi? Dullabho, bhikkhave, vuḍḍhapabbajito suvaco, dullabho suggahitaggāhī , dullabho padakkhiṇaggāhī, dullabho dhammakathiko, dullabho vinayadharo. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato dullabho vuḍḍhapabbajito’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Nīvaraṇavaggo paṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Āvaraṇaṃ rāsi aṅgāni, samayaṃ mātuputtikā;

Upajjhā ṭhānā licchavi, kumārā aparā duveti.

 

 

(7) 2. Sańńāvaggo

1. Paṭhamasańńāsuttaṃ

61. ‘‘Pańcimā , bhikkhave, sańńā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. Katamā pańca? Asubhasańńā, maraṇasańńā, ādīnavasańńā, āhāre paṭikūlasańńā, sabbaloke anabhiratasańńā [anabhiratisańńā (ka.) a. ni. 5.121-122, 303-304 passitabbaṃ] – imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca sańńā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dutiyasańńāsuttaṃ

62. ‘‘Pańcimā, bhikkhave, sańńā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. Katamā pańca? Aniccasańńā, anattasańńā, maraṇasańńā, āhāre paṭikūlasańńā, sabbaloke anabhiratasańńā – imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca sańńā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Paṭhamavaḍḍhisuttaṃ

63. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamāno ariyasāvako ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati, sārādāyī ca hoti varādāyī ca kāyassa. Katamāhi pańcahi? Saddhāya vaḍḍhati, sīlena vaḍḍhati, sutena vaḍḍhati, cāgena vaḍḍhati, pańńāya vaḍḍhati – imāhi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamāno ariyasāvako ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati, sārādāyī ca hoti varādāyī ca kāyassā’’ti.

‘‘Saddhāya sīlena ca yo pavaḍḍhati [yodha vaḍḍhati (sī.)],

Pańńāya cāgena sutena cūbhayaṃ;

So tādiso sappuriso vicakkhaṇo,

Ādīyatī sāramidheva attano’’ti. tatiyaṃ;

4. Dutiyavaḍḍhisuttaṃ

64. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati, sārādāyinī ca hoti varādāyinī ca kāyassa. Katamāhi pańcahi? Saddhāya vaḍḍhati, sīlena vaḍḍhati, sutena vaḍḍhati, cāgena vaḍḍhati, pańńāya vaḍḍhati – imāhi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati, sārādāyinī ca hoti varādāyinī ca kāyassā’’ti.

‘‘Saddhāya sīlena ca yā pavaḍḍhati [yādha vaḍḍhati (sī.)],

Pańńāya cāgena sutena cūbhayaṃ;

Sā tādisī sīlavatī upāsikā,

Ādīyatī sāramidheva attano’’ti. catutthaṃ;

5. Sākacchasuttaṃ

65.[a. ni. 5.164] ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsākaccho sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, sīlasampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti, samādhisampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca pańńāsampanno hoti, pańńāsampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti, vimuttisampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, vimuttińāṇadassanasampadāya kathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsākaccho sabrahmacārīna’’nti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Sājīvasuttaṃ

66.[a. ni. 5.164] ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsājīvo sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, sīlasampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti, samādhisampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca pańńāsampanno hoti, pańńāsampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti, vimuttisampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, vimuttińāṇadassanasampadāya kathāya ca kataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsājīvo sabrahmacārīna’’nti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Paṭhamaiddhipādasuttaṃ

67. ‘‘Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā pańca dhamme [ime pańca dhamme (ka.)] bhāveti, pańca dhamme [ime pańca dhamme (ka.)] bahulīkaroti, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ ańńataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – diṭṭheva dhamme ańńā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā.

‘‘Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, vīriyasamādhi…pe… cittasamādhi… vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, ussoḷhińńeva pańcamiṃ [ussoḷhīyeva pańcamī (sī.)]. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā ime pańca dhamme bhāveti, ime pańca dhamme bahulīkaroti, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ ańńataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – diṭṭheva dhamme ańńā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Dutiyaiddhipādasuttaṃ

68. ‘‘Pubbevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno pańca dhamme bhāvesiṃ, pańca dhamme bahulīkāsiṃ [bahulimakāsiṃ (ka.), bahulamakāsiṃ (ka.)]. Katame pańca? Chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāvesiṃ , vīriyasamādhi… cittasamādhi… vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāvesiṃ, ussoḷhińńeva pańcamiṃ. So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, imesaṃ ussoḷhipańcamānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā yassa yassa abhińńāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ abhińńāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃ sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhiṃ – ‘anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ…pe… yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃ sati sati āyatane.

‘‘So sace ākaṅkhiṃ…pe… ‘āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya’nti, tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃ sati sati āyatane’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Nibbidāsuttaṃ

69. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhińńāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasańńī, sabbaloke anabhiratasańńī [anabhiratisańńī (ka.) a. ni. 5.121-122, 303-304 passitabbaṃ], sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasańńā kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhińńāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Āsavakkhayasuttaṃ

70. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasańńī , sabbaloke anabhiratasańńī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasańńā kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Sańńāvaggo dutiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Dve ca sańńā dve vaḍḍhī ca, sākacchena ca sājīvaṃ;

Iddhipādā ca dve vuttā, nibbidā cāsavakkhayāti.

 

 

(8) 3. Yodhājīvavaggo

1. Paṭhamacetovimuttiphalasuttaṃ

71. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā cetovimuttiphalā ca honti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, pańńāvimuttiphalā ca honti pańńāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca.

‘‘Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasańńī [paṭikkūlasańńī (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], sabbaloke anabhiratasańńī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasańńā kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā cetovimuttiphalā ca honti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, pańńāvimuttiphalā ca honti pańńāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca. Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cetovimutto ca hoti pańńāvimutto ca hoti – ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho itipi, saṃkiṇṇaparikho [saṃkiṇṇaparikkho (syā. kaṃ.)] itipi, abbūḷhesiko itipi, niraggaḷo itipi, ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto itipi’’’.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno avijjā pahīnā hoti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṃkiṇṇaparikho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ponobhaviko [ponobbhaviko (syā. ka.)]jātisaṃsāro pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṃkiṇṇaparikho hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbūḷhesiko hoti? Idha , bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā pahīnā hoti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbūḷhesiko hoti.

‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu niraggaḷo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pańcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni honti ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṃkatāni āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāni. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu niraggaḷo hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno asmimāno pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto hotī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dutiyacetovimuttiphalasuttaṃ

72. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā cetovimuttiphalā ca honti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, pańńāvimuttiphalā ca honti pańńāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca. Katame pańca? Aniccasańńā, anicce dukkhasańńā, dukkhe anattasańńā, pahānasańńā, virāgasańńā – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā cetovimuttiphalā ca honti cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca, pańńāvimuttiphalā ca honti pańńāvimuttiphalānisaṃsā ca. Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cetovimutto ca hoti pańńāvimutto ca – ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho itipi, saṃkiṇṇaparikho itipi, abbūḷhesiko itipi, niraggaḷo itipi, ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto itipi’’’.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno avijjā pahīnā hoti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṃkiṇṇaparikho hoti? Idha , bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ponobhaviko jātisaṃsāro pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṃkiṇṇaparikho hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbūḷhesiko hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṇhā pahīnā hoti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbūḷhesiko hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu niraggaḷo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pańcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni pahīnāni honti ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṃkatāni āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāni. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu niraggaḷo hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno asmimāno pahīno hoti ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo pannaddhajo pannabhāro visaṃyutto hotī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

73. Atha kho ańńataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘‘dhammavihārī, dhammavihārī’ti, bhante, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu dhammavihārī hotī’’ti?

‘‘Idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. So tāya dhammapariyattiyā divasaṃ atināmeti, rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu pariyattibahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti. So tāya dhammapańńattiyā divasaṃ atināmeti, rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu pańńattibahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti. So tena sajjhāyena divasaṃ atināmeti, rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu sajjhāyabahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati. So tehi dhammavitakkehi divasaṃ atināmeti, rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu vitakkabahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.

‘‘Idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. So tāya dhammapariyattiyā na divasaṃ atināmeti, nāpi rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, anuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, bhikkhu dhammavihārī hoti.

‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhu, desito mayā pariyattibahulo, desito pańńattibahulo, desito sajjhāyabahulo, desito vitakkabahulo, desito dhammavihārī. Yaṃ kho, bhikkhu [yaṃ bhikkhu (syā. kaṃ. pī.)], satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampakena anukampaṃ upādāya, kataṃ vo taṃ mayā. Etāni, bhikkhu, rukkhamūlāni, etāni suńńāgārāni. Jhāyatha, bhikkhu, mā pamādattha , mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha. Ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Dutiyadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

74. Atha kho ańńataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘‘dhammavihārī dhammavihārī’ti, bhante, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu dhammavihārī hotī’’ti?

‘‘Idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ; uttari [uttariṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] cassa pańńāya atthaṃ nappajānāti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu pariyattibahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti, uttari cassa pańńāya atthaṃ nappajānāti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu pańńattibahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti, uttari cassa pańńāya atthaṃ nappajānāti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu sajjhāyabahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakketi anuvicāreti manasānupekkhati, uttari cassa pańńāya atthaṃ nappajānāti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu – ‘bhikkhu vitakkabahulo, no dhammavihārī’’’.

‘‘Idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ; uttari cassa pańńāya atthaṃ pajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, bhikkhu dhammavihārī hoti.

‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhu, desito mayā pariyattibahulo, desito pańńattibahulo, desito sajjhāyabahulo, desito vitakkabahulo, desito dhammavihārī. Yaṃ kho, bhikkhu, satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampakena anukampaṃ upādāya, kataṃ vo taṃ mayā. Etāni, bhikkhu, rukkhamūlāni, etāni suńńāgārāni. Jhāyatha bhikkhu, mā pamādattha, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha. Ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Paṭhamayodhājīvasuttaṃ

75. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, yodhājīvā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco yodhājīvo rajaggańńeva disvā saṃsīdati visīdati na santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evarūpopi [evarūpo (sī.) pu. pa. 193], bhikkhave, idhekacco [ekacco (sī.)] yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ; api ca kho dhajaggańńeva disvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ sahati dhajaggaṃ; api ca kho ussāraṇańńeva [ussādanaṃyeva (sī. pī.)] sutvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ, sahati ussāraṇaṃ; api ca kho sampahāre hańńati [āhańńati (sī.)] byāpajjati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ, sahati ussāraṇaṃ, sahati sampahāraṃ. So taṃ saṅgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tameva saṅgāmasīsaṃ ajjhāvasati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca yodhājīvā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcime yodhājīvūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā bhikkhūsu . Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rajaggańńeva disvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ [santānetuṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. Sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Kimassa rajaggasmiṃ? Idha, bhikkhave , bhikkhu suṇāti – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā kumārī vā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā’ti. So taṃ sutvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ. Sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Idamassa rajaggasmiṃ.

‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo rajaggańńeva disvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sahati rajaggaṃ; api ca kho dhajaggańńeva disvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ. Sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Kimassa dhajaggasmiṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva kho suṇāti – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma gāme vā nigame vā itthī vā kumārī vā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā’ti; api ca kho sāmaṃ passati itthiṃ vā kumāriṃ vā abhirūpaṃ dassanīyaṃ pāsādikaṃ paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgataṃ. So taṃ disvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ. Sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Idamassa dhajaggasmiṃ.

‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ; api ca kho dhajaggańńeva disvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ; api ca kho ussāraṇańńeva sutvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ. Sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Kimassa ussāraṇāya? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ arańńagataṃ vā rukkhamūlagataṃ vā suńńāgāragataṃ vā mātugāmo upasaṅkamitvā ūhasati [uhasati (ka.), ohasati (syā. kaṃ.) pu. pa. 196] ullapati ujjagghati uppaṇḍeti. So mātugāmena ūhasiyamāno ullapiyamāno ujjagghiyamāno uppaṇḍiyamāno saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ. Sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati. Idamassa ussāraṇāya.

‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ; api ca kho ussāraṇańńeva sutvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati, na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ, sahati ussāraṇaṃ; api ca kho sampahāre hańńati byāpajjati. Kimassa sampahārasmiṃ ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ arańńagataṃ vā rukkhamūlagataṃ vā suńńāgāragataṃ vā mātugāmo upasaṅkamitvā abhinisīdati abhinipajjati ajjhottharati. So mātugāmena abhinisīdiyamāno abhinipajjiyamāno ajjhotthariyamāno sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati. Idamassa sampahārasmiṃ.

‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ, sahati ussāraṇaṃ, api ca kho sampahāre hańńati byāpajjati; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ, sahati ussāraṇaṃ, sahati sampahāraṃ, so taṃ saṅgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tameva saṅgāmasīsaṃ ajjhāvasati . Kimassa saṅgāmavijayasmiṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arańńagataṃ vā rukkhamūlagataṃ vā suńńāgāragataṃ vā mātugāmo upasaṅkamitvā abhinisīdati abhinipajjati ajjhottharati. So mātugāmena abhinisīdiyamāno abhinipajjiyamāno ajjhotthariyamāno viniveṭhetvā vinimocetvā yena kāmaṃ pakkamati. So vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati arańńaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuńjaṃ.

‘‘So arańńagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suńńāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā . So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ parisodheti; byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī byāpādapadosā cittaṃ parisodheti; thinamiddhaṃ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasańńī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti; uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti; vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti. So ime pańca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇe vivicceva kāmehi…pe… pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato sampajāno, sukhańca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.

‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneńjappatte āsavānaṃ khayańāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ime āsavā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ńāṇaṃ hoti. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. Idamassa saṅgāmavijayasmiṃ.

‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo sahati rajaggaṃ, sahati dhajaggaṃ, sahati ussāraṇaṃ, sahati sampahāraṃ, so taṃ saṅgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tameva saṅgāmasīsaṃ ajjhāvasati; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca yodhājīvūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā bhikkhūsū’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Dutiyayodhājīvasuttaṃ

76. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, yodhājīvā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati. So tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati. Tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare hananti pariyāpādenti. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati. So tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati. Tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare upalikkhanti [upalikhanti (ka.)], tamenaṃ apanenti; apanetvā ńātakānaṃ nenti. So ńātakehi nīyamāno appatvāva ńātake antarāmagge kālaṃ karoti. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati. So tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati. Tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṃ apanenti; apanetvā ńātakānaṃ nenti. Tamenaṃ ńātakā upaṭṭhahanti paricaranti. So ńātakehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno paricariyamāno teneva ābādhena kālaṃ karoti . Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati. So tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati. Tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṃ apanenti; apanetvā ńātakānaṃ nenti. Tamenaṃ ńātakā upaṭṭhahanti paricaranti. So ńātakehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno paricariyamāno vuṭṭhāti tamhā ābādhā. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati. So taṃ saṅgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tameva saṅgāmasīsaṃ ajjhāvasati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco yodhājīvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca yodhājīvā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcime yodhājīvūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā bhikkhūsu. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ańńataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. So pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi. So tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā. Tassa taṃ mātugāmaṃ disvā dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti. So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati.

‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati, so tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare hananti pariyāpādenti; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ańńataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. So pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi. So tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā. Tassa taṃ mātugāmaṃ disvā dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti. So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena pariḍayhateva kāyena pariḍayhati cetasā. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ āroceyyaṃ – rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi [rāgāyitomhi (sī. syā. kaṃ)], āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ; sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’ti. So ārāmaṃ gacchanto appatvāva ārāmaṃ antarāmagge sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati, so tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṃ apanenti; apanetvā ńātakānaṃ nenti. So ńātakehi nīyamāno appatvāva ńātake antarāmagge kālaṃ karoti; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ańńataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. So pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi. So tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā. Tassa taṃ mātugāmaṃ disvā dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti. So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena pariḍayhateva kāyena pariḍayhati cetasā. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ āroceyyaṃ – rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ; sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’ti. So ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ āroceti – ‘rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ; sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’’’ti.

‘‘Tamenaṃ sabrahmacārī ovadanti anusāsanti – ‘appassādā , āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā [bahūpāyāsā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) pāci. 417; cūḷava. 65; ma. ni. 1.234], ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Abhiramatāyasmā brahmacariye; māyasmā sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattī’’’ti.

‘‘So sabrahmacārīhi evaṃ ovadiyamāno evaṃ anusāsiyamāno evamāha – ‘kińcāpi, āvuso, appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo; atha kho nevāhaṃ sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ, sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’’’ti. So sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.

‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati, so tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṃ apanenti; apanetvā ńātakānaṃ nenti, tamenaṃ ńātakā upaṭṭhahanti paricaranti . So ńātakehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno paricariyamāno teneva ābādhena kālaṃ karoti; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ańńataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. So pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi. So tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā. Tassa taṃ mātugāmaṃ disvā dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti. So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena pariḍayhateva kāyena pariḍayhati cetasā. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ āroceyyaṃ – rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ; sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’ti. So ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ āroceti – ‘rāgapariyuṭṭhitomhi, āvuso, rāgapareto, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ; sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’’’ti.

‘‘Tamenaṃ sabrahmacārī ovadanti anusāsanti – ‘appassādā, āvuso, kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Maṃsapesūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā…pe… tiṇukkūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… supinakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… yācitakūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… rukkhaphalūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… asisūnūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… sattisūlūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā… sappasirūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. Abhiramatāyasmā brahmacariye; māyasmā sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattī’’’ti.

‘‘So sabrahmacārīhi evaṃ ovadiyamāno evaṃ anusāsiyamāno evamāha – ‘ussahissāmi , āvuso, vāyamissāmi, āvuso, abhiramissāmi, āvuso! Na dānāhaṃ, āvuso, sikkhādubbalyaṃ āvikatvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’’’ti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati, so tasmiṃ saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tamenaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare upalikkhanti, tamenaṃ apanenti; apanetvā ńātakānaṃ nenti, tamenaṃ ńātakā upaṭṭhahanti paricaranti. So ńātakehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno paricariyamāno vuṭṭhāti tamhā ābādhā; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ańńataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati. So pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati rakkhiteneva kāyena rakkhitāya vācāya rakkhitena cittena upaṭṭhitāya satiyā saṃvutehi indriyehi. So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyańjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā … jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā… manasā dhammaṃ vińńāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyańjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. So pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati arańńaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuńjaṃ. So arańńagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suńńāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya…pe… so ime pańca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese pańńāya dubbalīkaraṇe vivicceva kāmehi…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.

‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneńjappatte āsavānaṃ khayańāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti…pe… nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti’’.

‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, yodhājīvo asicammaṃ gahetvā dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā viyūḷhaṃ saṅgāmaṃ otarati, so taṃ saṅgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tameva saṅgāmasīsaṃ ajjhāvasati; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo yodhājīvūpamo puggalo santo saṃvijjamāno bhikkhūsu. Ime kho, bhikkhave , pańca yodhājīvūpamā puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā bhikkhūsū’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Paṭhamaanāgatabhayasuttaṃ

77. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, anāgatabhayāni sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena [ārańńakena (sabbattha a. ni. 5.181; pari. 443)]bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.

‘‘Katamāni pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, ārańńiko bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ kho etarahi ekako arańńe viharāmi. Ekakaṃ kho pana maṃ [ekakaṃ kho pana (syā. kaṃ.)] arańńe viharantaṃ ahi vā maṃ ḍaṃseyya, vicchiko [vicchikā (syā.)]  maṃ ḍaṃseyya, satapadī vā maṃ ḍaṃseyya, tena me assa kālaṅkiriyā, so mamassa antarāyo; handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ārańńiko bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ kho etarahi ekako arańńe viharāmi. Ekako kho panāhaṃ arańńe viharanto upakkhalitvā vā papateyyaṃ, bhattaṃ vā bhuttaṃ me byāpajjeyya, pittaṃ vā me kuppeyya, semhaṃ vā me kuppeyya, satthakā vā me vātā kuppeyyuṃ, tena me assa kālaṅkiriyā, so mamassa antarāyo; handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ārańńiko bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ kho etarahi ekako arańńe viharāmi. Ekako kho panāhaṃ arańńe viharanto vāḷehi samāgaccheyyaṃ, sīhena vā byagghena vā dīpinā vā acchena vā taracchena vā, te maṃ jīvitā voropeyyuṃ, tena me assa kālaṅkiriyā , so mamassa antarāyo; handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ārańńiko bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ kho etarahi ekako arańńe viharāmi. Ekako kho panāhaṃ arańńe viharanto māṇavehi samāgaccheyyaṃ katakammehi vā akatakammehi vā, te maṃ jīvitā voropeyyuṃ, tena me assa kālaṅkiriyā , so mamassa antarāyo; handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ārańńiko bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ kho etarahi ekako arańńe viharāmi. Santi kho panārańńe vāḷā amanussā, te maṃ jīvitā voropeyyuṃ, tena me assa kālaṅkiriyā, so mamassa antarāyo; handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.

‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca anāgatabhayāni sampassamānena alameva ārańńikena bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Dutiyaanāgatabhayasuttaṃ

78. ‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave, anāgatabhayāni sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Katamāni pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ kho etarahi daharo yuvā susukāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā . Hoti kho pana so samayo yaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ jarā phusati. Jiṇṇena kho pana jarāya abhibhūtena na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, na sukarāni arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. Purā maṃ so dhammo āgacchati aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo; handāhaṃ paṭikacceva [paṭigacceva (sī.)] vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya, yenāhaṃ dhammena samannāgato jiṇṇakopi phāsuṃ [phāsu (pī. ka.)] viharissāmī’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘ahaṃ kho etarahi appābādho appātaṅko samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya. Hoti kho pana so samayo yaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ byādhi phusati. Byādhitena kho pana byādhinā abhibhūtena [byādhābhibhūtena (sī. pī. ka.)] na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, na sukarāni arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. Purā maṃ so dhammo āgacchati aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo; handāhaṃ paṭikacceva vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya , yenāhaṃ dhammena samannāgato byādhitopi phāsuṃ viharissāmī’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘etarahi kho subhikkhaṃ susassaṃ sulabhapiṇḍaṃ , sukaraṃ uńchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Hoti kho pana so samayo yaṃ dubbhikkhaṃ hoti dussassaṃ dullabhapiṇḍaṃ, na sukaraṃ uńchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Dubbhikkhe kho pana manussā yena subhikkhaṃ tena saṅkamanti [tenupasaṅkamanti (ka.)]. Tattha saṅgaṇikavihāro hoti ākiṇṇavihāro. Saṅgaṇikavihāre kho pana sati ākiṇṇavihāre na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, na sukarāni arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. Purā maṃ so dhammo āgacchati aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo; handāhaṃ paṭikacceva vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya, yenāhaṃ dhammena samannāgato dubbhikkhepi phāsu viharissāmī’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘etarahi kho manussā samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā ańńamańńaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti. Hoti kho pana so samayo yaṃ bhayaṃ hoti aṭavisaṅkopo, cakkasamārūḷhā jānapadā pariyāyanti. Bhaye kho pana sati manussā yena khemaṃ tena saṅkamanti. Tattha saṅgaṇikavihāro hoti ākiṇṇavihāro. Saṅgaṇikavihāre kho pana sati ākiṇṇavihāre na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, na sukarāni arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. Purā maṃ so dhammo āgacchati aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo; handāhaṃ paṭikacceva vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya, yenāhaṃ dhammena samannāgato bhayepi phāsuṃ viharissāmī’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu iti paṭisańcikkhati – ‘etarahi kho saṅgho samaggo sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharati. Hoti kho pana so samayo yaṃ saṅgho bhijjati. Saṅghe kho pana bhinne na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ, na sukarāni arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. Purā maṃ so dhammo āgacchati aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo; handāhaṃ paṭikacceva vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya, yenāhaṃ dhammena samannāgato bhinnepi saṅghe phāsuṃ viharissāmī’ti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.

‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca anāgatabhayāni sampassamānena alameva bhikkhunā appamattena ātāpinā pahitattena viharituṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Tatiyaanāgatabhayasuttaṃ

79. ‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave, anāgatabhayāni etarahi asamuppannāni āyatiṃ samuppajjissanti. Tāni vo [kho (katthaci)]paṭibujjhitabbāni ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tesaṃ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Katamāni pańca? Bhavissanti, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā ańńe upasampādessanti. Tepi [te (sī.)] na sakkhissanti vinetuṃ adhisīle adhicitte adhipańńāya. Tepi bhavissanti abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā ańńe upasampādessanti. Tepi [te (?)] na sakkhissanti vinetuṃ adhisīle adhicitte adhipańńāya. Tepi bhavissanti abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Iti kho, bhikkhave, dhammasandosā vinayasandoso; vinayasandosā dhammasandoso. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā ańńesaṃ nissayaṃ dassanti. Tepi na sakkhissanti vinetuṃ adhisīle adhicitte adhipańńāya . Tepi bhavissanti abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā ańńesaṃ nissayaṃ dassanti. Tepi na sakkhissanti vinetuṃ adhisīle adhicitte adhipańńāya. Tepi bhavissanti abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Iti kho, bhikkhave, dhammasandosā vinayasandoso; vinayasandosā dhammasandoso. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā abhidhammakathaṃ vedallakathaṃ kathentā kaṇhadhammaṃ okkamamānā na bujjhissanti. Iti kho, bhikkhave, dhammasandosā vinayasandoso; vinayasandosā dhammasandoso. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā. Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suńńatāppaṭisaṃyuttā, tesu bhańńamānesu na sussūsissanti, na sotaṃ odahissanti, na ańńā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapessanti, na ca te dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ mańńissanti. Ye pana te suttantā kavitā [kavikatā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī., saṃ. ni. 2.229) ṭīkā oloketabbā]kāveyyā cittakkharā cittabyańjanā bāhirakā sāvakabhāsitā, tesu bhańńamānesu sussūsissanti, sotaṃ odahissanti, ańńā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapessanti, te ca dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ mańńissanti. Iti kho, bhikkhave, dhammasandosā vinayasandoso; vinayasandosā dhammasandoso. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā . Te abhāvitakāyā samānā abhāvitasīlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapańńā therā bhikkhū bāhulikā [bāhullikā (syā. kaṃ.) a. ni. 2.49; 3.96]bhavissanti sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṃ ārabhissanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Tesaṃ pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjissati. Sāpi bhavissati bāhulikā sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṃ ārabhissati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Iti kho, bhikkhave, dhammasandosā vinayasandoso; vinayasandosā dhammasandoso. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ . ‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca anāgatabhayāni etarahi asamuppannāni āyatiṃ samuppajjissanti. Tāni vo paṭibujjhitabbāni; paṭibujjhitvā ca tesaṃ pahānāya vāyamitabba’’nti. Navamaṃ.

10. Catutthaanāgatabhayasuttaṃ

80. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, anāgatabhayāni etarahi asamuppannāni āyatiṃ samuppajjissanti. Tāni vo paṭibujjhitabbāni; paṭibujjhitvā ca tesaṃ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Katamāni pańca? Bhavissanti, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ cīvare kalyāṇakāmā. Te cīvare kalyāṇakāmā samānā rińcissanti paṃsukūlikattaṃ, rińcissanti arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; gāmanigamarājadhānīsu osaritvā vāsaṃ kappessanti, cīvarahetu ca anekavihitaṃ anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjissanti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ piṇḍapāte kalyāṇakāmā. Te piṇḍapāte kalyāṇakāmā samānā rińcissanti piṇḍapātikattaṃ , rińcissanti arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; gāmanigamarājadhānīsu osaritvā vāsaṃ kappessanti jivhaggena rasaggāni pariyesamānā, piṇḍapātahetu ca anekavihitaṃ anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjissanti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ senāsane kalyāṇakāmā. Te senāsane kalyāṇakāmā samānā rińcissanti rukkhamūlikattaṃ [ārańńakattaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)], rińcissanti arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; gāmanigamarājadhānīsu osaritvā vāsaṃ kappessanti, senāsanahetu ca anekavihitaṃ anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjissanti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ bhikkhunīsikkhamānāsamaṇuddesehi saṃsaṭṭhā viharissanti. Bhikkhunīsikkhamānāsamaṇuddesehi saṃsagge kho pana, bhikkhave, sati etaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – ‘anabhiratā vā brahmacariyaṃ carissanti, ańńataraṃ vā saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjissanti, sikkhaṃ vā paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissanti’. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatamaddhānaṃ ārāmikasamaṇuddesehi saṃsaṭṭhā viharissanti. Ārāmikasamaṇuddesehi saṃsagge kho pana, bhikkhave, sati etaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – ‘anekavihitaṃ sannidhikāraparibhogaṃ anuyuttā viharissanti, oḷārikampi nimittaṃ karissanti, pathaviyāpi haritaggepi’. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamaṃ anāgatabhayaṃ etarahi asamuppannaṃ āyatiṃ samuppajjissati. Taṃ vo paṭibujjhitabbaṃ; paṭibujjhitvā ca tassa pahānāya vāyamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca anāgatabhayāni etarahi asamuppannāni āyatiṃ samuppajjissanti. Tāni vo paṭibujjhitabbāni; paṭibujjhitvā ca tesaṃ pahānāya vāyamitabba’’nti. Dasamaṃ.

Yodhājīvavaggo tatiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Dve cetovimuttiphalā, dve ca dhammavihārino;

Yodhājīvā ca dve vuttā, cattāro ca anāgatāti.

 

 

(9) 4. Theravaggo

1. Rajanīyasuttaṃ

81. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Rajanīye rajjati, dussanīye [dusanīye (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] dussati, mohanīye muyhati, kuppanīye [kupanīye (sī. syā. kaṃ.), kopanīye (pī.)] kuppati, madanīye majjati – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Rajanīye na rajjati, dussanīye na dussati, mohanīye na muyhati, kuppanīye na kuppati, madanīye na majjati – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Vītarāgasuttaṃ

82. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Avītarāgo hoti, avītadoso hoti, avītamoho hoti, makkhī ca, paḷāsī ca – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Vītarāgo hoti, vītadoso hoti, vītamoho hoti, amakkhī ca, apaḷāsī ca – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Kuhakasuttaṃ

83. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Kuhako ca hoti, lapako ca, nemittiko [nimittiko (syā. kaṃ.), nimittako (ka.)] ca, nippesiko ca, lābhena ca lābhaṃ nijigīsitā [nijigiṃsitā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.

‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Na ca kuhako hoti, na ca lapako, na ca nemittiko, na ca nippesiko, na ca lābhena lābhaṃ nijigīsitā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Assaddhasuttaṃ

84. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti, amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti , kusīto hoti, duppańńo hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Saddho hoti, hirīmā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, pańńavā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Akkhamasuttaṃ

85. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ, akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo gandhānaṃ, akkhamo rasānaṃ, akkhamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Khamo hoti rūpānaṃ, khamo saddānaṃ, khamo gandhānaṃ, khamo rasānaṃ, khamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Paṭisambhidāpattasuttaṃ

86. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Atthapaṭisambhidāpatto hoti, dhammapaṭisambhidāpatto hoti, niruttipaṭisambhidāpatto hoti, paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāpatto hoti , yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni kiṃkaraṇīyāni tattha dakkho hoti analaso tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Sīlavantasuttaṃ

87. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati. Ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ [sātthā sabyańjanā (sī.)] kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā [dhatā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa vińńāpaniyā; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Therasuttaṃ

88. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu bahujanaahitāya paṭipanno hoti bahujanaasukhāya bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Thero hoti rattańńū cirapabbajito; ńāto hoti yasassī sagahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ [gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ (sī.)]bahujanaparivāro; lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā appaṭividdhā; micchādiṭṭhiko hoti viparītadassano, so bahujanaṃ saddhammā vuṭṭhāpetvā asaddhamme patiṭṭhāpeti. Thero bhikkhu rattańńū cirapabbajito itipissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti , ńāto thero bhikkhu yasassī sagahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ bahujanaparivāro itipissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti, lābhī thero bhikkhu cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ itipissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti, bahussuto thero bhikkhu sutadharo sutasannicayo itipissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu bahujanaahitāya paṭipanno hoti bahujanaasukhāya bahuno janassa anatthāya ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānaṃ.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu bahujanahitāya paṭipanno hoti bahujanasukhāya bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Thero hoti rattańńū cirapabbajito; ńāto hoti yasassī sagahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ bahujanaparivāro; lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ ; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; sammādiṭṭhiko hoti aviparītadassano, so bahujanaṃ asaddhammā vuṭṭhāpetvā saddhamme patiṭṭhāpeti. Thero bhikkhu rattańńū cirapabbajito itipissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti, ńāto thero bhikkhu yasassī sagahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ bahujanaparivāro itipissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti, lābhī thero bhikkhu cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ itipissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti, bahussuto thero bhikkhu sutadharo sutasannicayo itipissa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjanti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu bahujanahitāya paṭipanno hoti bahujanasukhāya bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Paṭhamasekhasuttaṃ

89. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca ? Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā, saṅgaṇikārāmatā, yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ na paccavekkhati – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Na kammārāmatā, na bhassārāmatā, na niddārāmatā, na saṅgaṇikārāmatā, yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhati – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Dutiyasekhasuttaṃ

90. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu bahukicco hoti bahukaraṇīyo viyatto kiṃkaraṇīyesu; rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu appamattakena kammena divasaṃ atināmeti; rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu saṃsaṭṭho viharati gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena gihisaṃsaggena; rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ . Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu akālena gāmaṃ pavisati, atidivā paṭikkamati; rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu yāyaṃ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṃ – appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṃsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā pańńākathā vimuttikathā vimuttińāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya na nikāmalābhī hoti na akicchalābhī na akasiralābhī [kicchalābhī kasiralābhī (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī)]; rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, nānuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu na bahukicco hoti na bahukaraṇīyo viyatto kiṃkaraṇīyesu; na rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, anuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu na appamattakena kammena divasaṃ atināmeti; na rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, anuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu asaṃsaṭṭho viharati gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena gihisaṃsaggena; na rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, anuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ . Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu na atikālena gāmaṃ pavisati, nātidivā paṭikkamati; na rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, anuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sekho bhikkhu yāyaṃ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṃ – appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṃsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā pańńākathā vimuttikathā vimuttińāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; na rińcati paṭisallānaṃ, anuyuńjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Theravaggo catuttho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Rajanīyo vītarāgo, kuhakāssaddhaakkhamā;

Paṭisambhidā ca sīlena, thero sekhā pare duveti.

 

 

(10) 5. Kakudhavaggo

1. Paṭhamasampadāsuttaṃ

91. ‘‘Pańcimā , bhikkhave, sampadā. Katamā pańca? Saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, sutasampadā, cāgasampadā, pańńāsampadā – imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca sampadā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dutiyasampadāsuttaṃ

92. ‘‘Pańcimā , bhikkhave, sampadā. Katamā pańca? Sīlasampadā, samādhisampadā, pańńāsampadā, vimuttisampadā, vimuttińāṇadassanasampadā – imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca sampadā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Byākaraṇasuttaṃ

93. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, ańńābyākaraṇāni. Katamāni pańca? Mandattā momūhattā ańńaṃ byākaroti; pāpiccho icchāpakato ańńaṃ byākaroti; ummādā cittakkhepā ańńaṃ byākaroti; adhimānena ańńaṃ byākaroti; sammadeva ańńaṃ byākaroti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca ańńābyākaraṇānī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Phāsuvihārasuttaṃ

94. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, phāsuvihārā. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā…pe… dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati; āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca phāsuvihārā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Akuppasuttaṃ

95. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha , bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthapaṭisambhidāpatto hoti, dhammapaṭisambhidāpatto hoti, niruttipaṭisambhidāpatto hoti, paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāpatto hoti, yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhatī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Sutadharasuttaṃ

96. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ āsevanto nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu appaṭṭho hoti appakicco subharo susantoso jīvitaparikkhāresu; appāhāro hoti anodarikattaṃ anuyutto; appamiddho hoti jāgariyaṃ anuyutto; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ āsevanto nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhatī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Kathāsuttaṃ

97. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ bhāvento nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu appaṭṭho hoti appakicco subharo susantoso jīvitaparikkhāresu; appāhāro hoti anodarikattaṃ anuyutto; appamiddho hoti jāgariyaṃ anuyutto; yāyaṃ kathā ābhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṃ – appicchakathā…pe… vimuttińāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ bhāvento nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhatī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Ārańńakasuttaṃ

98. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ bahulīkaronto nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu appaṭṭho hoti appakicco subharo susantoso jīvitaparikkhāresu; appāhāro hoti anodarikattaṃ anuyutto; appamiddho hoti jāgariyaṃ anuyutto; ārańńako hoti pantasenāsano; yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ānāpānassatiṃ bahulīkaronto nacirasseva akuppaṃ paṭivijjhatī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Sīhasuttaṃ

99. ‘‘Sīho, bhikkhave, migarājā sāyanhasamayaṃ āsayā nikkhamati; āsayā nikkhamitvā vijambhati; vijambhitvā samantā catuddisaṃ [catuddisā (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.) a. ni. 4.33; saṃ. ni. 3.78 passitabbaṃ] anuviloketi; samantā catuddisaṃ [catuddisā (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.) a. ni. 4.33; saṃ. ni. 3.78 passitabbaṃ] anuviloketvā tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ nadati; tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ naditvā gocarāya pakkamati. So hatthissa cepi pahāraṃ deti, sakkaccańńeva pahāraṃ deti, no asakkaccaṃ; mahiṃsassa [mahisassa (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]cepi pahāraṃ deti, sakkaccańńeva pahāraṃ deti, no asakkaccaṃ; gavassa cepi pahāraṃ deti, sakkaccańńeva pahāraṃ deti, no asakkaccaṃ; dīpissa cepi pahāraṃ deti, sakkaccańńeva pahāraṃ deti , no asakkaccaṃ; khuddakānańcepi pāṇānaṃ pahāraṃ deti antamaso sasabiḷārānampi [sasabiḷārānaṃ (ka.)], sakkaccańńeva pahāraṃ deti, no asakkaccaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? ‘Mā me yoggapatho nassā’ti.

‘‘Sīhoti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato parisāya dhammaṃ deseti, idamassa hoti sīhanādasmiṃ. Bhikkhūnańcepi, bhikkhave, tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, sakkaccańńeva tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, no asakkaccaṃ; bhikkhunīnańcepi, bhikkhave, tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, sakkaccańńeva tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, no asakkaccaṃ; upāsakānańcepi, bhikkhave, tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, sakkaccańńeva tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, no asakkaccaṃ; upāsikānańcepi, bhikkhave, tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, sakkaccańńeva tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, no asakkaccaṃ; puthujjanānańcepi, bhikkhave, tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti antamaso annabhāranesādānampi [annabhāranesādānaṃ (ka.)], sakkaccańńeva tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti, no asakkaccaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Dhammagaru, bhikkhave, tathāgato dhammagāravo’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Kakudhatherasuttaṃ

100. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. [cūḷava. 333, 341] Tena kho pana samayena kakudho nāma koliyaputto [koḷīyaputto (sī. syā. ka.)] āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa upaṭṭhāko adhunākālaṅkato ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno. Tassa evarūpo attabhāvapaṭilābho hoti – seyyathāpi nāma dve vā tīṇi vā māgadhakāni [māgadhikāni (sī. pī. ka.)] gāmakkhettāni. So tena attabhāvapaṭilābhena neva attānaṃ [nevattānaṃ byābādheti (sī.)] no paraṃ byābādheti.

Atha kho kakudho devaputto yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho kakudho devaputto āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘devadattassa, bhante, evarūpaṃ icchāgataṃ uppajji – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti. Sahacittuppādā ca, bhante, devadatto tassā iddhiyā parihīno’’ti. Idamavoca kakudho devaputto. Idaṃ vatvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Kakudho nāma, bhante, koliyaputto mamaṃ upaṭṭhāko adhunākālaṅkato ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno hoti. Tassa evarūpo attabhāvapaṭilābho – seyyathāpi nāma dve vā tīṇi vā māgadhakāni gāmakkhettāni. So tena attabhāvapaṭilābhena neva attānaṃ no paraṃ byābādheti. Atha kho, bhante, kakudho devaputto yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, bhante, kakudho devaputto maṃ etadavoca – ‘devadattassa, bhante, evarūpaṃ icchāgataṃ uppajji – ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmīti. Sahacittuppādā ca, bhante, devadatto tassā iddhiyā parihīno’ti. Idamavoca, bhante, kakudho devaputto. Idaṃ vatvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyī’’ti.

‘‘Kiṃ pana te, moggallāna, kakudho devaputto cetasā ceto paricca vidito – ‘yaṃ kińci kakudho devaputto bhāsati sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no ańńathā’’’ti? ‘‘Cetasā ceto paricca vidito me, bhante, kakudho devaputto – ‘yaṃ kińci kakudho devaputto bhāsati sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no ańńathā’’’ti. ‘‘Rakkhassetaṃ, moggallāna, vācaṃ! (Rakkhassetaṃ, moggallāna, vācaṃ) [( ) sī. syā. kaṃ. pī. potthakesu natthi cūḷava. 333 pana sabbatthapi dissatiyeva]! Idāni so moghapuriso attanāva attānaṃ pātukarissati .

‘‘Pańcime, moggallāna, satthāro santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame pańca? Idha , moggallāna, ekacco satthā aparisuddhasīlo samāno ‘parisuddhasīlomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṃ me sīlaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Tamenaṃ sāvakā evaṃ jānanti – ‘ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ satthā aparisuddhasīlo samāno parisuddhasīlomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṃ me sīlaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Mayańceva kho pana gihīnaṃ āroceyyāma, nāssassa manāpaṃ. Yaṃ kho panassa amanāpaṃ, kathaṃ naṃ [kathaṃ nu taṃ (sī.), kathaṃ nu (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.), kathaṃ taṃ (katthaci)] mayaṃ tena samudācareyyāma – ‘sammannati kho pana cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena; yaṃ tumo karissati tumova tena pańńāyissatī’ti . Evarūpaṃ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṃ sāvakā sīlato rakkhanti; evarūpo ca pana satthā sāvakehi sīlato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsati [paccāsiṃsati (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)].

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhājīvo samāno ‘parisuddhājīvomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddho me ājīvo pariyodāto asaṃkiliṭṭho’ti. Tamenaṃ sāvakā evaṃ jānanti – ‘ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ satthā aparisuddhājīvo samāno parisuddhājīvomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddho me ājīvo pariyodāto asaṃkiliṭṭho’ti. Mayańceva kho pana gihīnaṃ āroceyyāma, nāssassa manāpaṃ. Yaṃ kho panassa amanāpaṃ, kathaṃ naṃ mayaṃ tena samudācareyyāma – ‘sammannati kho pana cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena; yaṃ tumo karissati tumova tena pańńāyissatī’ti. Evarūpaṃ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṃ sāvakā ājīvato rakkhanti; evarūpo ca pana satthā sāvakehi ājīvato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhadhammadesano samāno ‘parisuddhadhammadesanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhā me dhammadesanā pariyodātā asaṃkiliṭṭhā’ti. Tamenaṃ sāvakā evaṃ jānanti – ‘ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ satthā aparisuddhadhammadesano samāno parisuddhadhammadesanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhā me dhammadesanā pariyodātā asaṃkiliṭṭhā’ti. Mayańceva kho pana gihīnaṃ āroceyyāma, nāssassa manāpaṃ. Yaṃ kho panassa amanāpaṃ, kathaṃ naṃ mayaṃ tena samudācareyyāma – ‘sammannati kho pana cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena; yaṃ tumo karissati tumova tena pańńāyissatī’ti. Evarūpaṃ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṃ sāvakā dhammadesanato rakkhanti ; evarūpo ca pana satthā sāvakehi dhammadesanato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhaveyyākaraṇo samāno ‘parisuddhaveyyākaraṇomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṃ me veyyākaraṇaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Tamenaṃ sāvakā evaṃ jānanti – ‘ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ satthā aparisuddhaveyyākaraṇo samāno parisuddhaveyyākaraṇomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṃ me veyyākaraṇaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Mayańceva kho pana gihīnaṃ āroceyyāma, nāssassa manāpaṃ . Yaṃ kho panassa amanāpaṃ, kathaṃ naṃ mayaṃ tena samudācareyyāma – ‘sammannati kho pana cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena; yaṃ tumo karissati tumova tena pańńāyissatī’ti. Evarūpaṃ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṃ sāvakā veyyākaraṇato rakkhanti; evarūpo ca pana satthā sāvakehi veyyākaraṇato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, moggallāna, idhekacco satthā aparisuddhańāṇadassano samāno ‘parisuddhańāṇadassanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṃ me ńāṇadassanaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Tamenaṃ sāvakā evaṃ jānanti – ‘ayaṃ kho bhavaṃ satthā aparisuddhańāṇadassano samāno parisuddhańāṇadassanomhī’ti paṭijānāti ‘parisuddhaṃ me ńāṇadassanaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Mayańceva kho pana gihīnaṃ āroceyyāma, nāssassa manāpaṃ. Yaṃ kho panassa amanāpaṃ, kathaṃ naṃ mayaṃ tena samudācareyyāma – ‘sammannati kho pana cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena; yaṃ tumo karissati tumova tena pańńāyissatī’ti. Evarūpaṃ kho, moggallāna, satthāraṃ sāvakā ńāṇadassanato rakkhanti; evarūpo ca pana satthā sāvakehi ńāṇadassanato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsati. Ime kho, moggallāna, pańca satthāro santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Ahaṃ kho pana, moggallāna, parisuddhasīlo samāno ‘parisuddhasīlomhī’ti paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddhaṃ me sīlaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Na ca maṃ sāvakā sīlato rakkhanti, na cāhaṃ sāvakehi sīlato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsāmi. Parisuddhājīvo samāno ‘parisuddhājīvomhī’ti paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddho me ājīvo pariyodāto asaṃkiliṭṭho’ti. Na ca maṃ sāvakā ājīvato rakkhanti, na cāhaṃ sāvakehi ājīvato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsāmi. Parisuddhadhammadesano samāno ‘parisuddhadhammadesanomhī’ti paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddhā me dhammadesanā pariyodātā asaṃkiliṭṭhā’ti. Na ca maṃ sāvakā dhammadesanato rakkhanti, na cāhaṃ sāvakehi dhammadesanato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsāmi. Parisuddhaveyyākaraṇo samāno ‘parisuddhaveyyākaraṇomhī’ti paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddhaṃ me veyyākaraṇaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Na ca maṃ sāvakā veyyākaraṇato rakkhanti, na cāhaṃ sāvakehi veyyākaraṇato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsāmi. Parisuddhańāṇadassano samāno ‘parisuddhańāṇadassanomhī’ti paṭijānāmi ‘parisuddhaṃ me ńāṇadassanaṃ pariyodātaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭha’nti. Na ca maṃ sāvakā ńāṇadassanato rakkhanti, na cāhaṃ sāvakehi ńāṇadassanato rakkhaṃ paccāsīsāmī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Kakudhavaggo pańcamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Dve sampadā byākaraṇaṃ, phāsu akuppapańcamaṃ;

Sutaṃ kathā ārańńako, sīho ca kakudho dasāti.

Dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ samattaṃ.

3. Tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ

 

 

(11) 1. Phāsuvihāravaggo

1. Sārajjasuttaṃ

101. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, sekhavesārajjakaraṇā dhammā. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, pańńavā hoti.

‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, assaddhassa sārajjaṃ hoti, saddhassa taṃ sārajjaṃ na hoti. Tasmāyaṃ dhammo sekhavesārajjakaraṇo.

‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, dussīlassa sārajjaṃ hoti, sīlavato taṃ sārajjaṃ na hoti. Tasmāyaṃ dhammo sekhavesārajjakaraṇo.

‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, appassutassa sārajjaṃ hoti, bahussutassa taṃ sārajjaṃ na hoti. Tasmāyaṃ dhammo sekhavesārajjakaraṇo.

‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, kusītassa sārajjaṃ hoti, āraddhavīriyassa taṃ sārajjaṃ na hoti. Tasmāyaṃ dhammo sekhavesārajjakaraṇo.

‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, duppańńassa sārajjaṃ hoti, pańńavato taṃ sārajjaṃ na hoti. Tasmāyaṃ dhammo sekhavesārajjakaraṇo. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca sekhavesārajjakaraṇā dhammā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Ussaṅkitasuttaṃ

102. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ussaṅkitaparisaṅkito hoti pāpabhikkhūti api akuppadhammopi [api akuppadhammo (sī. syā. kaṃ.)].

Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavāgocaro vā hoti, thullakumārikāgocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro vā hoti, bhikkhunīgocaro vā hoti.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu ussaṅkitaparisaṅkito hoti pāpabhikkhūti api akuppadhammopī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Mahācorasuttaṃ

103. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro sandhimpi chindati, nillopampi harati, ekāgārikampi karoti, paripanthepi tiṭṭhati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro visamanissito ca hoti, gahananissito ca, balavanissito ca, bhogacāgī ca, ekacārī ca.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, mahācoro visamanissito hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro nadīviduggaṃ vā nissito hoti pabbatavisamaṃ vā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro visamanissito hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, mahācoro gahananissito hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro tiṇagahanaṃ vā nissito hoti rukkhagahanaṃ vā rodhaṃ [gedhaṃ (sī.) a. ni. 3.51] vā mahāvanasaṇḍaṃ vā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro gahananissito hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, mahācoro balavanissito hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattānaṃ vā nissito hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘sace maṃ koci kińci vakkhati, ime me rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇissantī’ti. Sace naṃ koci kińci āha, tyassa rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇanti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro balavanissito hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, mahācoro bhogacāgī hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro aḍḍho hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘sace maṃ koci kińci vakkhati, ito bhogena paṭisantharissāmī’ti. Sace naṃ koci kińci āha, tato bhogena paṭisantharati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro bhogacāgī hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, mahācoro ekacārī hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro ekakova gahaṇāni [niggahaṇāni (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] kattā hoti. Taṃ kissa hetu? ‘Mā me guyhamantā bahiddhā sambhedaṃ agamaṃsū’ti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro ekacārī hoti.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahaṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro sandhimpi chindati nillopampi harati ekāgārikampi karoti paripanthepi tiṭṭhati.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo vińńūnaṃ, bahuńca apuńńaṃ pasavati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamanissito ca hoti, gahananissito ca, balavanissito ca, bhogacāgī ca, ekacārī ca.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamanissito hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, visamena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, visamena manokammena samannāgato hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamanissito hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu gahananissito hoti? Idha , bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu micchādiṭṭhiko hoti antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu gahananissito hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu balavanissito hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattānaṃ vā nissito hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘sace maṃ koci kińci vakkhati, ime me rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇissantī’ti. Sace naṃ koci kińci āha, tyassa rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇanti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu balavanissito hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu bhogacāgī hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘sace maṃ koci kińci vakkhati, ito lābhena paṭisantharissāmī’ti. Sace naṃ koci kińci āha, tato lābhena paṭisantharati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu bhogacāgī hoti.

‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu ekacārī hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu ekakova paccantimesu janapadesu nivāsaṃ kappeti. So tattha kulāni upasaṅkamanto lābhaṃ labhati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu ekacārī hoti.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato pāpabhikkhu khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati, sāvajjo ca hoti sānuvajjo vińńūnaṃ, bahuńca apuńńaṃ pasavatī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Samaṇasukhumālasuttaṃ

104. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo hoti.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yācitova bahulaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuńjati, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuńjati, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ senāsanaṃ paribhuńjati, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuńjati, appaṃ ayācito. Yehi kho pana sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharati , tyassa [tyāssa (ka.) a. ni. 4.87] manāpeneva bahulaṃ kāyakammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṃ vacīkammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṃ manokammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpaṃyeva upahāraṃ upaharanti, appaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yāni kho pana tāni vedayitāni pittasamuṭṭhānāni vā semhasamuṭṭhānāni vā vātasamuṭṭhānāni vā sannipātikāni vā utupariṇāmajāni vā visamaparihārajāni vā opakkamikāni vā kammavipākajāni vā, tānissa na bahudeva uppajjanti. Appābādho hoti, catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo hoti.

‘‘Yańhi taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo’ti, mameva taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā [mameva taṃ sammā (?)] vadamāno vadeyya – ‘samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo’ti . Ahańhi, bhikkhave, yācitova bahulaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuńjāmi, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuńjāmi, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ senāsanaṃ paribhuńjāmi, appaṃ ayācito; yācitova bahulaṃ gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuńjāmi, appaṃ ayācito. Yehi kho pana bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ viharāmi, te maṃ manāpeneva bahulaṃ kāyakammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena ; manāpeneva bahulaṃ vacīkammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṃ manokammena samudācaranti, appaṃ amanāpena; manāpaṃyeva upahāraṃ upaharanti, appaṃ amanāpaṃ. Yāni kho pana tāni vedayitāni – pittasamuṭṭhānāni vā semhasamuṭṭhānāni vā vātasamuṭṭhānāni vā sannipātikāni vā utupariṇāmajāni vā visamaparihārajāni vā opakkamikāni vā kammavipākajāni vā – tāni me na bahudeva uppajjanti. Appābādhohamasmi, catunnaṃ kho panasmi [catunnaṃ kho pana (sī.), catunnaṃ (syā. pī.)] jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī [nikāmalābhī homi (sī. ka.)] akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānaṃ khayā…pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi.

‘‘Yańhi taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo’ti, mameva taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo’’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Phāsuvihārasuttaṃ

105. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, phāsuvihārā. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ…pe… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca. Yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni vińńuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni, tathārūpehi sīlehi sīlasāmańńagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. Yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmańńagato viharati sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca phāsuvihārā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Ānandasuttaṃ

106. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu saṅghe [bhikkhuṃsaṃgho (syā. pī.)] viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attanā [attanā ca (pī. ka.)] sīlasampanno hoti, no [no ca (ka.)] paraṃ adhisīle sampavattā [sampavattā hoti (ka.)]; ettāvatāpi kho, ānanda, bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti.

‘‘Siyā pana, bhante, ańńopi pariyāyo yathā bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Siyā, ānanda [ānandāti bhagavā āvoca (syā. pī.)]! Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attanā sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ adhisīle sampavattā; attānupekkhī ca hoti, no parānupekkhī; ettāvatāpi kho, ānanda, bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti.

‘‘Siyā pana, bhante, ańńopi pariyāyo yathā bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Siyā, ānanda! Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attanā sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ adhisīle sampavattā; attānupekkhī ca hoti, no parānupekkhī; apańńāto ca hoti, tena ca apańńātakena no paritassati; ettāvatāpi kho, ānanda, bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti.

‘‘Siyā pana, bhante, ańńopi pariyāyo yathā bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Siyā, ānanda! Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attanā sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ adhisīle sampavattā; attānupekkhī ca hoti, no parānupekkhī; apańńāto ca hoti, tena ca apańńātakena no paritassati; catunnańca [catunnaṃ (pī. ka.)] jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; ettāvatāpi kho, ānanda, bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti.

‘‘Siyā pana, bhante, ańńopi pariyāyo yathā bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Siyā, ānanda! Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attanā sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ adhisīle sampavattā; attānupekkhī ca hoti, no parānupekkhī; apańńāto ca hoti, tena ca apańńātakena no paritassati; catunnańca jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; āsavānańca [āsavānaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; ettāvatāpi kho, ānanda, bhikkhu saṅghe viharanto phāsuṃ vihareyya.

‘‘Imamhā cāhaṃ, ānanda, phāsuvihārā ańńo phāsuvihāro uttaritaro vā paṇītataro vā natthīti vadāmī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Sīlasuttaṃ

107. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti, samādhisampanno hoti, pańńāsampanno hoti, vimuttisampanno hoti, vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Asekhasuttaṃ

108. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo…pe… anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa.

‘‘Katamehi, pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekhena pańńākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekhena vimuttińāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti…pe… anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Cātuddisasuttaṃ

109. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu cātuddiso hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo , ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; santuṭṭho hoti itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi, kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu cātuddiso hotī’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Arańńasuttaṃ

110. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevituṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti…pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; āraddhavīriyo viharati thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevitu’’nti. Dasamaṃ.

Phāsuvihāravaggo paṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Sārajjaṃ saṅkito coro, sukhumālaṃ phāsu pańcamaṃ;

Ānanda sīlāsekhā ca, cātuddiso arańńena cāti.

 

 

(12) 2. Andhakavindavaggo

1. Kulūpakasuttaṃ

111. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato kulūpako bhikkhu kulesu appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Asanthavavissāsī [asanthutavissāsī (sī.), asandhavavissāsī (ka.)] ca hoti, anissaravikappī ca, vissaṭṭhupasevī [viyatthupasevī (sī.), byatthupasevī (syā. kaṃ.), vyattūpasevī (pī.)] ca, upakaṇṇakajappī ca, atiyācanako ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato kulūpako bhikkhu kulesu appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato kulūpako bhikkhu kulesu piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Na asanthavavissāsī ca hoti, na anissaravikappī ca, na vissaṭṭhupasevī ca, na upakaṇṇakajappī ca, na atiyācanako ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato kulūpako bhikkhu kulesu piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Pacchāsamaṇasuttaṃ

112. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato pacchāsamaṇo na ādātabbo. Katamehi pańcahi? Atidūre vā gacchati accāsanne vā , na pattapariyāpannaṃ gaṇhati, āpattisāmantā bhaṇamānaṃ na nivāreti, bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathaṃ opāteti, duppańńo hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato pacchāsamaṇo na ādātabbo.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo. Katamehi pańcahi? Nātidūre gacchati na accāsanne, pattapariyāpannaṃ gaṇhati, āpattisāmantā bhaṇamānaṃ nivāreti , bhaṇamānassa na antarantarā kathaṃ opāteti, pańńavā hoti ajaḷo aneḷamūgo. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Sammāsamādhisuttaṃ

113. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo sammāsamādhiṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ, akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo gandhānaṃ, akkhamo rasānaṃ, akkhamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo sammāsamādhiṃ upasampajja viharituṃ.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo sammāsamādhiṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha , bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṃ, khamo saddānaṃ, khamo gandhānaṃ, khamo rasānaṃ, khamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo sammāsamādhiṃ upasampajja viharitu’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Andhakavindasuttaṃ

114. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā magadhesu viharati andhakavinde. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Ye te, ānanda, bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, te vo, ānanda, bhikkhū pańcasu dhammesu samādapetabbā [samādāpetabbā (?)] nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā . Katamesu pańcasu? ‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, sīlavā hotha, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvutā viharatha ācāragocarasampannā aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvino, samādāya sikkhatha sikkhāpadesū’ti – iti pātimokkhasaṃvare samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.

‘‘‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, indriyesu guttadvārā viharatha ārakkhasatino nipakkasatino [nipakasatino (sī. syā.), nepakkasatino (?)], sārakkhitamānasā satārakkhena cetasā samannāgatā’ti – iti indriyasaṃvare samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.

‘‘‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, appabhassā hotha, bhasse pariyantakārino’ti – iti bhassapariyante samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.

‘‘‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, ārańńikā hotha, arańńavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevathā’ti – iti kāyavūpakāse samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.

‘‘‘Etha tumhe, āvuso, sammādiṭṭhikā hotha sammādassanena samannāgatā’ti – iti sammādassane samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā. Ye te, ānanda, bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, te vo, ānanda, bhikkhū imesu pańcasu dhammesu samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti . Catutthaṃ.

5. Maccharinīsuttaṃ

115. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Āvāsamaccharinī hoti, kulamaccharinī hoti, lābhamaccharinī hoti, vaṇṇamaccharinī hoti, dhammamaccharinī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Na āvāsamaccharinī hoti, na kulamaccharinī hoti, na lābhamaccharinī hoti, na vaṇṇamaccharinī hoti, na dhammamaccharinī hoti . Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Vaṇṇanāsuttaṃ

116. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti, saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti, saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Issukinīsuttaṃ

117. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, issukinī ca hoti, maccharinī ca, saddhādeyyaṃ [saddhādeyyańca (syā.)] vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati , anissukinī ca hoti, amaccharinī ca, saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Micchādiṭṭhikasuttaṃ

118. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, micchādiṭṭhikā ca hoti, micchāsaṅkappā ca, saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge . Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, sammādiṭṭhikā ca, hoti, sammāsaṅkappā ca, saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Micchāvācāsuttaṃ

119. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, micchāvācā ca hoti, micchākammantā ca, saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, sammāvācā ca hoti, sammākammantā ca, saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Micchāvāyāmasuttaṃ

120. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, micchāvāyāmā ca hoti, micchāsatinī ca [micchāsati ca (syā.)], saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, sammāvāyāmā ca hoti, sammāsatinī ca, saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Andhakavindavaggo dutiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Kulūpako pacchāsamaṇo, samādhiandhakavindaṃ;

Maccharī vaṇṇanā issā, diṭṭhivācāya vāyamāti.

 

 

(13) 3. Gilānavaggo

1. Gilānasuttaṃ

121. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho bhagavā ańńataraṃ bhikkhuṃ dubbalaṃ gilānakaṃ; disvā pańńatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –

‘‘Yaṃ kińci [yaṃ kińci (syā. kaṃ.)], bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ dubbalaṃ [bhikkhave dubbalaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] gilānakaṃ pańca dhammā na vijahanti, tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – ‘nacirasseva āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissatī’’’ti.

‘‘Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasańńī, sabbaloke anabhiratasańńī [sabbatthapi evameva dissati], sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī, maraṇasańńā kho panassa ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitā hoti. Yaṃ kińci, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ dubbalaṃ gilānakaṃ ime pańca dhammā na vijahanti, tassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – ‘nacirasseva āsavānaṃ khayā…pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissatī’’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Satisūpaṭṭhitasuttaṃ

122. ‘‘Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā pańca dhamme bhāveti pańca dhamme bahulīkaroti, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ ańńataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – diṭṭheva dhamme ańńā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā.

‘‘Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ajjhattańńeva sati sūpaṭṭhitā hoti dhammānaṃ udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya, asubhānupassī kāye viharati, āhāre paṭikūlasańńī, sabbaloke anabhiratasańńī, sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī. Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā ime pańca dhamme bhāveti ime pańca dhamme bahulīkaroti, tassa dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ ańńataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – diṭṭheva dhamme ańńā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Paṭhamaupaṭṭhākasuttaṃ

123. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato gilāno dūpaṭṭhāko [dupaṭṭhāko (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.) mahāva. 366] hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Asappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ na jānāti, bhesajjaṃ nappaṭisevitā hoti, atthakāmassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa na yathābhūtaṃ ābādhaṃ āvikattā hoti abhikkamantaṃ vā abhikkamatīti paṭikkamantaṃ vā paṭikkamatīti ṭhitaṃ vā ṭhitoti, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ [tippānaṃ (sī.) mahāva. 366] kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato gilāno dūpaṭṭhāko hoti.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato gilāno sūpaṭṭhāko hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Sappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ jānāti, bhesajjaṃ paṭisevitā hoti, atthakāmassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa yathābhūtaṃ ābādhaṃ āvikattā hoti abhikkamantaṃ vā abhikkamatīti paṭikkamantaṃ vā paṭikkamatīti ṭhitaṃ vā ṭhitoti, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato gilāno sūpaṭṭhāko hotī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Dutiyaupaṭṭhākasuttaṃ

124. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko nālaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Nappaṭibalo hoti bhesajjaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ; sappāyāsappāyaṃ na jānāti, asappāyaṃ upanāmeti, sappāyaṃ apanāmeti; āmisantaro gilānaṃ upaṭṭhāti, no mettacitto ; jegucchī hoti uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā vantaṃ vā kheḷaṃ vā nīharituṃ; nappaṭibalo hoti gilānaṃ kālena kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ samādapetuṃ [samādāpetuṃ (?) mahāva. 366] samuttejetuṃ sampahaṃsetuṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko nālaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko alaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Paṭibalo hoti bhesajjaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ; sappāyāsappāyaṃ jānāti, asappāyaṃ apanāmeti, sappāyaṃ upanāmeti; mettacitto gilānaṃ upaṭṭhāti, no āmisantaro; ajegucchī hoti uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā vantaṃ vā kheḷaṃ vā nīharituṃ; paṭibalo hoti gilānaṃ kālena kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ samādapetuṃ samuttejetuṃ sampahaṃsetuṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko alaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātu’’nti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Paṭhamaanāyussāsuttaṃ

125. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, dhammā anāyussā. Katame pańca? Asappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ na jānāti, apariṇatabhojī ca hoti, akālacārī ca hoti, abrahmacārī ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā anāyussā.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā āyussā. Katame pańca? Sappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ jānāti, pariṇatabhojī ca hoti, kālacārī ca hoti, brahmacārī ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā āyussā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Dutiyaanāyussāsuttaṃ

126. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā anāyussā. Katame pańca? Asappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ na jānāti, apariṇatabhojī ca hoti, dussīlo ca, pāpamitto ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā anāyussā.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā āyussā. Katame pańca ? Sappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ jānāti, pariṇatabhojī ca hoti, sīlavā ca, kalyāṇamitto ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā āyussā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Vapakāsasuttaṃ

127. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ saṅghamhā vapakāsituṃ [vi + apa + kāsituṃ = vapakāsituṃ]. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, kāmasaṅkappabahulo ca viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nālaṃ saṅghamhā vapakāsituṃ.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ saṅghamhā vapakāsituṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha , bhikkhave, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena , nekkhammasaṅkappabahulo [na kāmasaṅkappabahulo (ka.)] ca viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ saṅghamhā vapakāsitu’’nti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Samaṇasukhasuttaṃ

128. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, samaṇadukkhāni. Katamāni pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, asantuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, anabhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carati. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca samaṇadukkhāni.

‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, samaṇasukhāni. Katamāni pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena cīvarena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena piṇḍapātena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena senāsanena, santuṭṭho hoti itarītarena gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, abhirato ca brahmacariyaṃ carati. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca samaṇasukhānī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Parikuppasuttaṃ

129. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, āpāyikā nerayikā parikuppā atekicchā. Katame pańca? Mātā [mātaraṃ (ka.)] jīvitā voropitā hoti, pitā [pitaraṃ (ka.)] jīvitā voropito [voropitā (ka.)] hoti, arahaṃ [arahantaṃ (ka.), arahā (syā.)] jīvitā voropito hoti, tathāgatassa duṭṭhena cittena lohitaṃ uppāditaṃ hoti, saṅgho bhinno hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca āpāyikā nerayikā parikuppā atekicchā’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Byasanasuttaṃ

130. ‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave, byasanāni. Katamāni pańca? Ńātibyasanaṃ, bhogabyasanaṃ, rogabyasanaṃ, sīlabyasanaṃ, diṭṭhibyasanaṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sattā ńātibyasanahetu vā bhogabyasanahetu vā rogabyasanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Sīlabyasanahetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā diṭṭhibyasanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjanti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca byasanāni.

‘‘Pańcimā, bhikkhave, sampadā. Katamā pańca? Ńātisampadā, bhogasampadā, ārogyasampadā, sīlasampadā, diṭṭhisampadā. Na, bhikkhave, sattā ńātisampadāhetu vā bhogasampadāhetu vā ārogyasampadāhetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Sīlasampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā diṭṭhisampadāhetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca sampadā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Gilānavaggo tatiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ 

Gilāno satisūpaṭṭhi, dve upaṭṭhākā duvāyusā;

Vapakāsasamaṇasukhā, parikuppaṃ byasanena cāti.

 

 

(14) 4. Rājavaggo

1. Paṭhamacakkānuvattanasuttaṃ

131. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rājā cakkavattī dhammeneva cakkaṃ vatteti [pavatteti (syā. pī. ka.)]; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ [appativattiyaṃ (sī.)] kenaci manussabhūtena paccatthikena pāṇinā.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī atthańńū ca hoti, dhammańńū ca, mattańńū ca, kālańńū ca, parisańńū ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rājā cakkavattī dhammeneva cakkaṃ pavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ kenaci manussabhūtena paccatthikena pāṇinā.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammeneva anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho atthańńū, dhammańńū, mattańńū, kālańńū, parisańńū. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammeneva anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti; taṃ hoti dhammacakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dutiyacakkānuvattanasuttaṃ

132. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo cakkavattissa jeṭṭho putto pitarā pavattitaṃ cakkaṃ dhammeneva anuppavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ kenaci manussabhūtena paccatthikena pāṇinā.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo cakkavattissa jeṭṭho putto atthańńū ca hoti, dhammańńū ca, mattańńū ca, kālańńū ca, parisańńū ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo cakkavattissa jeṭṭho putto pitarā pavattitaṃ cakkaṃ dhammeneva anuppavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ kenaci manussabhūtena paccatthikena pāṇinā.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ sammadeva anuppavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, sāriputto atthańńū, dhammańńū, mattańńū , kālańńū, parisańńū. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ sammadeva anuppavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Dhammarājāsuttaṃ

133. ‘‘Yopi so [yopi kho (sī. syā. pī.)], bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā, sopi na arājakaṃ cakkaṃ vattetī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte ańńataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko pana, bhante, rańńo cakkavattissa dhammikassa dhammarańńo rājā’’ti? ‘‘Dhammo, bhikkhū’’ti bhagavā avoca.

‘‘Idha, bhikkhu, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā dhammańńeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahati antojanasmiṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā dhammańńeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahati khattiyesu anuyantesu [anuyuttesu (sī.) a. ni. 3.14] …pe… balakāyasmiṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamajānapadesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu migapakkhīsu. Sa kho so, bhikkhu, rājā cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā dhammańńeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā antojanasmiṃ dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā khattiyesu anuyantesu balakāyasmiṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikesu negamajānapadesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu migapakkhīsu dhammeneva cakkaṃ pavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ kenaci manussabhūtena paccatthikena pāṇinā.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammańńeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahati bhikkhūsu – ‘evarūpaṃ kāyakammaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ kāyakammaṃ na sevitabbaṃ; evarūpaṃ vacīkammaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ vacīkammaṃ na sevitabbaṃ; evarūpaṃ manokammaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ manokammaṃ na sevitabbaṃ; evarūpo ājīvo sevitabbo, evarūpo ājīvo na sevitabbo; evarūpo gāmanigamo sevitabbo, evarūpo gāmanigamo na sevitabbo’ti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammańńeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahati bhikkhunīsu [bhikkhūsu bhikkhunīsu (sī. pī.)] …pe… upāsakesu…pe… upāsikāsu – ‘evarūpaṃ kāyakammaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ kāyakammaṃ na sevitabbaṃ; evarūpaṃ vacīkammaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ vacīkammaṃ na sevitabbaṃ; evarūpaṃ manokammaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ manokammaṃ na sevitabbaṃ; evarūpo ājīvo sevitabbo, evarūpo ājīvo na sevitabbo; evarūpo gāmanigamo sevitabbo, evarūpo gāmanigamo na sevitabbo’’’ti.

‘‘Sa kho so, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammańńeva nissāya dhammaṃ sakkaronto dhammaṃ garuṃ karonto dhammaṃ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā bhikkhūsu, dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā bhikkhunīsu, dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā upāsakesu, dhammikaṃ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṃ saṃvidahitvā upāsikāsu dhammeneva anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti; taṃ hoti cakkaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Yassaṃdisaṃsuttaṃ

134. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto yassaṃ yassaṃ disāyaṃ viharati, sakasmiṃyeva vijite viharati.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhāvasitto ubhato sujāto hoti mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena; aḍḍho hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro; balavā kho pana hoti caturaṅginiyā senāya samannāgato assavāya ovādapaṭikarāya; pariṇāyako kho panassa hoti paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī paṭibalo atītānāgatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṃ; tassime cattāro dhammā yasaṃ paripācenti. So iminā yasapańcamena [yasena pańcamena (ka.), pańcamena (sī.)] dhammena samannāgato yassaṃ yassaṃ disāyaṃ viharati, sakasmiṃyeva vijite viharati. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evańhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti vijitāvīnaṃ.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yassaṃ yassaṃ disāyaṃ viharati, vimuttacittova [vimuttacitto (sī. pī.), vimuttacitto ca (ka.)] viharati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu – rājāva khattiyo muddhāvasitto jātisampanno; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā – rājāva khattiyo muddhāvasitto aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro; āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu – rājāva khattiyo muddhāvasitto balasampanno; pańńavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā – rājāva khattiyo muddhāvasitto pariṇāyakasampanno; tassime cattāro dhammā vimuttiṃ paripācenti . So iminā vimuttipańcamena dhammena samannāgato yassaṃ yassaṃ disāyaṃ viharati vimuttacittova viharati. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evańhetaṃ, bhikkhave, hoti vimuttacittāna’’nti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Paṭhamapatthanāsuttaṃ

135. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto rajjaṃ pattheti. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto ubhato sujāto hoti mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena; abhirūpo hoti dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato; mātāpitūnaṃ piyo hoti manāpo; negamajānapadassa piyo hoti manāpo; yāni tāni rańńaṃ khattiyānaṃ muddhāvasittānaṃ sippaṭṭhānāni hatthismiṃ vā assasmiṃ vā rathasmiṃ vā dhanusmiṃ vā tharusmiṃ vā tattha sikkhito hoti anavayo.

‘‘Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ khomhi ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena. Kasmāhaṃ rajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato. Kasmāhaṃ rajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi mātāpitūnaṃ piyo manāpo. Kasmāhaṃ rajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi negamajānapadassa piyo manāpo. Kasmāhaṃ rajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi yāni tāni rańńaṃ khattiyānaṃ muddhāvasittānaṃ sippaṭṭhānāni hatthismiṃ vā assasmiṃ vā rathasmiṃ vā dhanusmiṃ vā tharusmiṃ vā, tattha [tatthamhi (sī.), tatthapi (ka.)] sikkhito anavayo. Kasmāhaṃ rajjaṃ na pattheyya’nti! Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto rajjaṃ pattheti.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pattheti. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Appābādho hoti appātaṅko, samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya; asaṭho hoti amāyāvī, yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikattā satthari vā vińńūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu; āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; pańńavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.

‘‘Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ khomhi saddho, saddahāmi tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. ‘Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi appābādho appātaṅko samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato nātisītāya nāccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhānakkhamāya. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi asaṭho amāyāvī yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikattā satthari vā vińńūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi āraddhavīriyo viharāmi akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi pańńavā udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyya’nti! Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ patthetī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Dutiyapatthanāsuttaṃ

136. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto oparajjaṃ [uparajjaṃ (syā. pī. ka.)] pattheti. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto ubhato sujāto hoti mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena; abhirūpo hoti dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato; mātāpitūnaṃ piyo hoti manāpo, balakāyassa piyo hoti manāpo; paṇḍito hoti viyatto medhāvī paṭibalo atītānāgatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṃ.

‘‘Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ khomhi ubhato sujāto mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena. Kasmāhaṃ oparajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato. Kasmāhaṃ oparajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi mātāpitūnaṃ piyo manāpo. Kasmāhaṃ oparajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi balakāyassa piyo manāpo. Kasmāhaṃ oparajjaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī paṭibalo atītānāgatapaccuppanne atthe cintetuṃ. Kasmāhaṃ oparajjaṃ na pattheyya’nti! Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa jeṭṭho putto oparajjaṃ pattheti.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pattheti. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti…pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto [supaṭṭhitacitto (sī. syā.), sūpaṭṭhitacitto (ka.)] hoti; āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; pańńavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.

‘‘Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ khomhi sīlavā, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharāmi ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhāmi sikkhāpadesu. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi bahussuto sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ [satthā byańjanā (sī.)]kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpā me dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacitto. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi āraddhavīriyo viharāmi akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyyaṃ! Ahaṃ khomhi pańńavā udayatthagāminiyā pańńāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Kasmāhaṃ āsavānaṃ khayaṃ na pattheyya’nti! Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ patthetī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Appaṃsupatisuttaṃ

137. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, appaṃ rattiyā supanti, bahuṃ jagganti. Katame pańca? Itthī, bhikkhave, purisādhippāyā appaṃ rattiyā supati, bahuṃ jaggati. Puriso, bhikkhave, itthādhippāyo appaṃ rattiyā supati, bahuṃ jaggati. Coro, bhikkhave, ādānādhippāyo appaṃ rattiyā supati, bahuṃ jaggati. Rājā [rājayutto (pī. ka.)], bhikkhave, rājakaraṇīyesu yutto appaṃ rattiyā supati, bahuṃ jaggati. Bhikkhu, bhikkhave, visaṃyogādhippāyo appaṃ rattiyā supati, bahuṃ jaggati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca appaṃ rattiyā supanti, bahuṃ jaggantī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Bhattādakasuttaṃ

138. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo bhattādako ca hoti okāsapharaṇo ca laṇḍasāraṇo ca salākaggāhī ca rańńo nāgotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ, akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo gandhānaṃ, akkhamo rasānaṃ, akkhamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo bhattādako ca okāsapharaṇo ca laṇḍasāraṇo ca salākaggāhī ca, rańńo nāgotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhattādako ca hoti, okāsapharaṇo ca mańcapīṭhamaddano [pīṭhamaddano (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] ca salākaggāhī ca, bhikkhutveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha , bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ, akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo gandhānaṃ, akkhamo rasānaṃ, akkhamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhattādako ca hoti okāsapharaṇo ca mańcapīṭhamaddano ca salākaggāhī ca, bhikkhutveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Akkhamasuttaṃ

139. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo na rājāraho hoti na rājabhoggo, na rańńo aṅgaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati . Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ, akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo gandhānaṃ, akkhamo rasānaṃ, akkhamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato hatthikāyaṃ vā disvā assakāyaṃ vā disvā rathakāyaṃ vā disvā pattikāyaṃ vā disvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti saddānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato hatthisaddaṃ vā sutvā assasaddaṃ vā sutvā rathasaddaṃ vā sutvā pattisaddaṃ vā sutvā bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddaṃ vā sutvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti saddānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti gandhānaṃ? Idha , bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato ye te rańńo nāgā abhijātā saṅgāmāvacarā tesaṃ muttakarīsassa gandhaṃ ghāyitvā saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti gandhānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti rasānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato ekissā vā tiṇodakadattiyā vimānito [vihanīto (syā.), vihānito (katthaci)] dvīhi vā tīhi vā catūhi vā pańcahi vā tiṇodakadattīhi vimānito saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti rasānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato ekena vā saravegena viddho, dvīhi vā tīhi vā catūhi vā pańcahi vā saravegehi viddho saṃsīdati visīdati, na santhambhati na sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo akkhamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo na rājāraho hoti na rājabhoggo na rańńo aṅgaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu na āhuneyyo hoti na pāhuneyyo na dakkhiṇeyyo na ańjalikaraṇīyo na anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ, akkhamo saddānaṃ, akkhamo gandhānaṃ, akkhamo rasānaṃ, akkhamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā rajanīye rūpe sārajjati, na sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rūpānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti saddānaṃ? Idha , bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotena saddaṃ sutvā rajanīye sadde sārajjati, na sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti saddānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti gandhānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā rajanīye gandhe sārajjati, na sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti gandhānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rasānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā rajanīye rase sārajjati, na sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti rasānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā rajanīye phoṭṭhabbe sārajjati, na sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkhamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu na āhuneyyo hoti na pāhuneyyo na dakkhiṇeyyo na ańjalikaraṇīyo na anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa.

‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rańńo aṅgaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti rūpānaṃ, khamo saddānaṃ, khamo gandhānaṃ, khamo rasānaṃ, khamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti rūpānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato hatthikāyaṃ vā disvā assakāyaṃ vā disvā rathakāyaṃ vā disvā pattikāyaṃ vā disvā na saṃsīdati na visīdati, santhambhati sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti rūpānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti saddānaṃ? Idha , bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato hatthisaddaṃ vā sutvā assasaddaṃ vā sutvā rathasaddaṃ vā sutvā pattisaddaṃ vā sutvā bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddaṃ vā sutvā na saṃsīdati na visīdati, santhambhati sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti saddānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti gandhānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato ye te rańńo nāgā abhijātā saṅgāmāvacarā tesaṃ muttakarīsassa gandhaṃ ghāyitvā na saṃsīdati na visīdati, santhambhati sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti gandhānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti rasānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato ekissā vā tiṇodakadattiyā vimānito dvīhi vā tīhi vā catūhi vā pańcahi vā tiṇodakadattīhi vimānito na saṃsīdati na visīdati, santhambhati sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti rasānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato ekena vā saravegena viddho, dvīhi vā tīhi vā catūhi vā pańcahi vā saravegehi viddho na saṃsīdati na visīdati, santhambhati sakkoti saṅgāmaṃ otarituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rańńo aṅgaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṃ, khamo saddānaṃ, khamo gandhānaṃ, khamo rasānaṃ, khamo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ .

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā rajanīye rūpe na sārajjati, sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rūpānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti saddānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotena saddaṃ sutvā rajanīye sadde na sārajjati, sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti saddānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti gandhānaṃ. Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā rajanīye gandhe na sārajjati, sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti gandhānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rasānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā rajanīye rase na sārajjati, sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti rasānaṃ.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā rajanīye phoṭṭhabbe na sārajjati, sakkoti cittaṃ samādahituṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti phoṭṭhabbānaṃ.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Sotasuttaṃ

140. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rańńo aṅgaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo sotā ca hoti, hantā ca, rakkhitā ca, khantā ca, gantā ca.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo sotā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo yamenaṃ hatthidammasārathi [hatthidammasārathī (sī.)]kāraṇaṃ kāreti – yadi vā katapubbaṃ yadi vā akatapubbaṃ – taṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā [aṭṭhikatvā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) a. ni. 4.114] manasi katvā sabbaṃ cetasā [sabbacetasā (?)] samannāharitvā ohitasoto suṇāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo sotā hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo hantā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato hatthimpi hanati [hanti (sī. pī.)], hatthāruhampi hanati, assampi hanati, assāruhampi hanati, rathampi hanati, rathikampi [rathāruhampi (pī.)] hanati, pattikampi hanati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo hantā hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo rakkhitā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato rakkhati purimaṃ kāyaṃ, rakkhati pacchimaṃ kāyaṃ, rakkhati purime pāde, rakkhati pacchime pāde, rakkhati sīsaṃ, rakkhati kaṇṇe, rakkhati dante, rakkhati soṇḍaṃ, rakkhati vāladhiṃ, rakkhati hatthāruhaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo rakkhitā hoti.

‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khantā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo saṅgāmagato khamo hoti sattippahārānaṃ asippahārānaṃ usuppahārānaṃ pharasuppahārānaṃ bheripaṇavasaṅkhatiṇavaninnādasaddānaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo khantā hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo gantā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo yamenaṃ hatthidammasārathi disaṃ peseti – yadi vā gatapubbaṃ yadi vā agatapubbaṃ – taṃ khippameva gantā hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, rańńo nāgo gantā hoti.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo nāgo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rańńo aṅgaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā ca hoti, hantā ca, rakkhitā ca, khantā ca, gantā ca.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne aṭṭhiṃkatvā manasi katvā sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hantā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāseti, pajahati vinodeti (hanati) [( ) natthi sī. pī. potthakesu a. ni. 4.114] byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti; uppannaṃ byāpādavitakkaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ…pe… uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme nādhivāseti , pajahati vinodeti (hanati) [( ) natthi sī. pī. potthakesu a. ni. 4.114] byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hantā hoti.

‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu rakkhitā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyańjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ; cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā… manasā dhammaṃ vińńāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyańjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati; rakkhati manindriyaṃ; manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rakkhitā hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khantā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsa [… siriṃsapa (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] pasamphassānaṃ; duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khantā hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gantā hoti? Idha , bhikkhave, bhikkhu yā sā disā agatapubbā iminā dīghena addhunā, yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ, taṃ khippańńeva gantā hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gantā hoti.

‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti…pe… anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Rājavaggo catuttho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Cakkānuvattanā rājā, yassaṃdisaṃ dve ceva patthanā;

Appaṃsupati bhattādo, akkhamo ca sotena cāti.

 

 

(15) 5. Tikaṇḍakīvaggo

1. Avajānātisuttaṃ

141. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame pańca? Datvā avajānāti, saṃvāsena avajānāti, ādheyyamukho [ādiyyamukho (sī.), ādeyyamukho (syā. kaṃ.), ādiyamukho (pī.) aṭṭhakathāya paṭhamasaṃvaṇṇanānurūpaṃ. pu. pa. 193 passitabbaṃ] hoti, lolo hoti, mando momūho hoti [mando hoti momūho (sī.)].

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, puggalo datvā avajānāti? Idha, bhikkhave, puggalo puggalassa deti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ demi; ayaṃ paṭiggaṇhātī’ti. Tamenaṃ datvā avajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo datvā avajānāti.

‘‘Kathańca , bhikkhave, puggalo saṃvāsena avajānāti? Idha , bhikkhave, puggalo puggalena saddhiṃ saṃvasati dve vā tīṇi vā vassāni. Tamenaṃ saṃvāsena avajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo saṃvāsena avajānāti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, puggalo ādheyyamukho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo parassa vaṇṇe vā avaṇṇe vā bhāsiyamāne taṃ khippańńeva adhimuccitā [adhimuccito (syā.)] hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo ādheyyamukho hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, puggalo lolo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ittarasaddho hoti ittarabhattī ittarapemo ittarappasādo. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo lolo hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, bhikkhave, puggalo mando momūho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kusalākusale dhamme na jānāti, sāvajjānavajje dhamme na jānāti, hīnappaṇīte dhamme na jānāti , kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāge dhamme na jānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo mando momūho hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmi’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Ārabhatisuttaṃ

142. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ārabhati ca vippaṭisārī ca hoti; tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti.

[pu. pa. 191] ‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ārabhati, na vippaṭisārī hoti; tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na ārabhati, vippaṭisārī hoti; tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na ārabhati na vippaṭisārī hoti; tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo na ārabhati na vippaṭisārī hoti; tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti.

‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo ārabhati ca vippaṭisārī ca hoti, tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmato kho ārambhajā [ārabbhajā (pī. ka.), ārabhajā (syā. kaṃ.)] āsavā saṃvijjanti, vippaṭisārajā āsavā pavaḍḍhanti [saṃvaḍḍhanti (ka.)], sādhu vatāyasmā ārambhaje āsave pahāya vippaṭisāraje āsave paṭivinodetvā cittaṃ pańńańca bhāvetu [bhāvetuṃ (sī. pī.)]; evamāyasmā amunā pańcamena puggalena samasamo bhavissatī’’’ti.

‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo ārabhati na vippaṭisārī hoti, tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmato kho ārambhajā āsavā saṃvijjanti, vippaṭisārajā āsavā na pavaḍḍhanti, sādhu vatāyasmā ārambhaje āsave pahāya cittaṃ pańńańca bhāvetu; evamāyasmā amunā pańcamena puggalena samasamo bhavissatī’’’ti.

‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo na ārabhati vippaṭisārī hoti, tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmato kho ārambhajā āsavā na saṃvijjanti, vippaṭisārajā āsavā pavaḍḍhanti, sādhu vatāyasmā vippaṭisāraje āsave paṭivinodetvā cittaṃ pańńańca bhāvetu; evamāyasmā amunā pańcamena puggalena samasamo bhavissatī’’’ ti.

‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ puggalo na ārabhati na vippaṭisārī hoti, tańca cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘āyasmato kho ārambhajā āsavā na saṃvijjanti, vippaṭisārajā āsavā na pavaḍḍhanti, sādhu vatāyasmā cittaṃ pańńańca bhāvetu; evamāyasmā amunā pańcamena puggalena samasamo bhavissatī’’’ti.

‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhave, ime cattāro puggalā amunā pańcamena puggalena evaṃ ovadiyamānā evaṃ anusāsiyamānā anupubbena āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇantī’’ti [pu. pa. 191]. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Sārandadasuttaṃ

143. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tena kho pana samayena pańcamattānaṃ licchavisatānaṃ sārandade cetiye sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayamantarākathā udapādi – ‘‘pańcannaṃ ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ? Hatthiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, assaratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, maṇiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, itthiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, gahapatiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Imesaṃ pańcannaṃ ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmi’’nti.

Atha kho te licchavī magge purisaṃ ṭhapesuṃ [pesesuṃ (syā. ka.)] – ‘‘yadā tvaṃ [yathā tvaṃ (sī. pī.)], ambho purisa, passeyyāsi bhagavantaṃ, atha amhākaṃ āroceyyāsī’’ti. Addasā kho so puriso bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvāna yena te licchavī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ so, bhante, bhagavā gacchati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho; yassadāni kālaṃ mańńathā’’ti.

Atha kho te licchavī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho te licchavī bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ –

‘‘Sādhu, bhante, yena sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho bhagavā yena sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pańńatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘kāya nuttha, licchavī, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā, kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā’’ti? ‘‘Idha, bhante, amhākaṃ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayamantarākathā udapādi – ‘pańcannaṃ ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ ? Hatthiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, assaratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, maṇiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, itthiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, gahapatiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Imesaṃ pańcannaṃ ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmi’’’nti.

‘‘Kāmādhimuttānaṃ vata, bho, licchavīnaṃ [kāmādhimuttānaṃ vata vo licchavīnaṃ (sī.), kāmādhimuttānaṃ vata vo licchavī (syā.), kāmādhimuttānaṃva vo licchavī (?)] kāmaṃyeva ārabbha antarākathā udapādi. Pańcannaṃ, licchavī, ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ? Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ, tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desetā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ, tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desitassa vińńātā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ, tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desitassa vińńātā [vińńātassa (sī. pī.) a. ni. 5.195] dhammānudhammappaṭipanno puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ, katańńū katavedī puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Imesaṃ kho, licchavī, pańcannaṃ ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmi’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Tikaṇḍakīsuttaṃ

144. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sākete viharati tikaṇḍakīvane [kaṇḍakīvane (saṃ. ni. 5.902)]. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ appaṭikūle paṭikūlasańńī [appaṭikkūle paṭikkūlasańńī (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vihareyya. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ paṭikūle appaṭikūlasańńī vihareyya. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ appaṭikūle ca paṭikūle ca paṭikūlasańńī vihareyya. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasańńī vihareyya. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ paṭikūlańca appaṭikūlańca tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyya sato sampajāno.

‘‘Kińca [kathańca (sī. pī. ka.)], bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca appaṭikūle paṭikūlasańńī vihareyya? ‘Mā me rajanīyesu dhammesu rāgo udapādī’ti – idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca appaṭikūle paṭikūlasańńī vihareyya.

‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca paṭikūle appaṭikūlasańńī vihareyya? ‘Mā me dosanīyesu dhammesu doso udapādī’ti – idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca paṭikūle appaṭikūlasańńī vihareyya.

‘‘Kińca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca appaṭikūle ca paṭikūle ca paṭikūlasańńī vihareyya? ‘Mā me rajanīyesu dhammesu rāgo udapādi, mā me dosanīyesu dhammesu doso udapādī’ti – idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca appaṭikūle ca paṭikūle ca paṭikūlasańńī vihareyya.

‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasańńī vihareyya? ‘Mā me dosanīyesu dhammesu doso udapādi, mā me rajanīyesu dhammesu rāgo udapādī’ti – idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasańńī vihareyya.

‘‘Kińca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca paṭikūlańca appaṭikūlańca tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyya? ‘Sato sampajāno mā me kvacani [kvacini (sī. syā. pī.)] katthaci kińcanaṃ [kińcana (sī. pī.)] rajanīyesu dhammesu rāgo udapādi, mā me kvacani katthaci kińcanaṃ dosanīyesu dhammesu doso udapādi, mā me kvacani katthaci kińcanaṃ mohanīyesu dhammesu moho udapādī’ti – idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca paṭikūlańca appaṭikūlańca tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako vihareyya sato sampajāno’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Nirayasuttaṃ

145. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Mittasuttaṃ

146. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu mitto na sevitabbo. Katamehi pańcahi? Kammantaṃ kāreti, adhikaraṇaṃ ādiyati, pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu paṭiviruddho hoti, dīghacārikaṃ anavatthacārikaṃ [avatthānacārikaṃ (syā.)] anuyutto viharati, nappaṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ samādapetuṃ samuttejetuṃ sampahaṃsetuṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu mitto na sevitabbo.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu mitto sevitabbo. Katamehi pańcahi? Na kammantaṃ kāreti, na adhikaraṇaṃ ādiyati, na pāmokkhesu bhikkhūsu paṭiviruddho hoti, na dīghacārikaṃ anavatthacārikaṃ anuyutto viharati, paṭibalo hoti kālena kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ samādapetuṃ samuttejetuṃ sampahaṃsetuṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu mitto sevitabbo’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Asappurisadānasuttaṃ

147. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, asappurisadānāni. Katamāni pańca? Asakkaccaṃ deti, acittīkatvā [acittikatvā (pī.), acitiṃ katvā (syā.), acittiṃ katvā (ka.)] deti, asahatthā deti, apaviddhaṃ [apaviṭṭaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)] deti, anāgamanadiṭṭhiko deti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca asappurisadānāni.

‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave, sappurisadānāni. Katamāni pańca? Sakkaccaṃ deti, cittīkatvā deti, sahatthā deti, anapaviddhaṃ deti, āgamanadiṭṭhiko deti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca sappurisadānānī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Sappurisadānasuttaṃ

148. ‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave, sappurisadānāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhāya dānaṃ deti, sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ deti, kālena dānaṃ deti, anuggahitacitto [anaggahitacitto (sī.)] dānaṃ deti, attānańca parańca anupahacca dānaṃ deti.

‘‘Saddhāya kho pana, bhikkhave, dānaṃ datvā yattha yattha tassa dānassa vipāko nibbattati, aḍḍho ca hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo, abhirūpo ca hoti dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato.

‘‘Sakkaccaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dānaṃ datvā yattha yattha tassa dānassa vipāko nibbattati, aḍḍho ca hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo. Yepissa te honti puttāti vā dārāti vā dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti [kammakārāti (ka.)] vā, tepi sussūsanti sotaṃ odahanti ańńā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti.

‘‘Kālena kho pana, bhikkhave, dānaṃ datvā yattha yattha tassa dānassa vipāko nibbattati, aḍḍho ca hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo; kālāgatā cassa atthā pacurā honti.

‘‘Anuggahitacitto kho pana, bhikkhave, dānaṃ datvā yattha yattha tassa dānassa vipāko nibbattati, aḍḍho ca hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo; uḷāresu ca pańcasu kāmaguṇesu bhogāya cittaṃ namati.

‘‘Attānańca parańca anupahacca kho pana, bhikkhave, dānaṃ datvā yattha yattha tassa dānassa vipāko nibbattati, aḍḍho ca hoti mahaddhano mahābhogo; na cassa kutoci bhogānaṃ upaghāto āgacchati aggito vā udakato vā rājato vā corato vā appiyato vā dāyādato vā [appiyato vā dāyādato vā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), appiyadāyādato vā (ka.)]. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca sappurisadānānī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Paṭhamasamayavimuttasuttaṃ

149. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā , saṅgaṇikārāmatā, yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ na paccavekkhati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Na kammārāmatā, na bhassārāmatā, na niddārāmatā, na saṅgaṇikārāmatā, yathāvimuttaṃ cittaṃ paccavekkhati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Dutiyasamayavimuttasuttaṃ

150.[kathā. 267] ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā, indriyesu aguttadvāratā, bhojane amattańńutā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Na kammārāmatā, na bhassārāmatā, na niddārāmatā, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattańńutā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Tikaṇḍakīvaggo pańcamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Datvā avajānāti ārabhati ca, sārandada tikaṇḍa nirayena ca;

Mitto asappurisasappurisena, samayavimuttaṃ apare dveti.

Tatiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ samattaṃ.

4. Catutthapaṇṇāsakaṃ

 

 

(16) 1. Saddhammavaggo

1. Paṭhamasammattaniyāmasuttaṃ

151. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṃ abhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Kathaṃ paribhoti, kathikaṃ [kathitaṃ (ka.)] paribhoti, attānaṃ paribhoti, vikkhittacitto dhammaṃ suṇāti, anekaggacitto ayoniso ca [ayoniso (syā. kaṃ.)] manasi karoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṃ abhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Na kathaṃ paribhoti, na kathikaṃ paribhoti, na attānaṃ paribhoti, avikkhittacitto dhammaṃ suṇāti, ekaggacitto yoniso ca manasi karoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammatta’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dutiyasammattaniyāmasuttaṃ

152. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṃ abhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Kathaṃ paribhoti, kathikaṃ paribhoti, attānaṃ paribhoti, duppańńo hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo, anańńāte ańńātamānī hoti. Imehi kho , bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṃ abhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ.

‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Na kathaṃ paribhoti, na kathikaṃ paribhoti, na attānaṃ paribhoti, pańńavā hoti ajaḷo aneḷamūgo, na anańńāte ańńātamānī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammatta’’nti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Tatiyasammattaniyāmasuttaṃ

153. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṃ abhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Makkhī dhammaṃ suṇāti makkhapariyuṭṭhito, upārambhacitto [saupārambhacitto (syā. kaṃ.)]dhammaṃ suṇāti randhagavesī, dhammadesake āhatacitto hoti khīlajāto [khilajāto (syā. pī.)], duppańńo hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo, anańńāte ańńātamānī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇantopi saddhammaṃ abhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Amakkhī dhammaṃ suṇāti na makkhapariyuṭṭhito, anupārambhacitto dhammaṃ suṇāti na randhagavesī, dhammadesake anāhatacitto hoti akhīlajāto, pańńavā hoti ajaḷo aneḷamūgo, na anańńāte ańńātamānī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammatta’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Paṭhamasaddhammasammosasuttaṃ

154. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ suṇanti, na sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, na sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ dhārenti, na sakkaccaṃ dhātānaṃ [dhatānaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] dhammānaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkhanti, na sakkaccaṃ atthamańńāya dhammamańńāya dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjanti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ suṇanti, sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ dhārenti, sakkaccaṃ dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkhanti, sakkaccaṃ atthamańńāya dhammamańńāya dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjanti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Dutiyasaddhammasammosasuttaṃ

155. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dhammaṃ na pariyāpuṇanti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ na vitthārena paresaṃ desenti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ na vitthārena paraṃ [paresaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), pare (?)] vācenti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ na vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karonti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ na cetasā anuvitakkenti anuvicārenti manasānupekkhanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti – suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ desenti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paraṃ vācenti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave , bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karonti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakkenti anuvicārenti manasānupekkhanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Tatiyasaddhammasammosasuttaṃ

156.[a. ni. 4.160] ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū duggahitaṃ suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇanti dunnikkhittehi padabyańjanehi . Dunnikkhittassa, bhikkhave, padabyańjanassa atthopi dunnayo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dubbacā honti, dovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgatā, akkhamā appadakkhiṇaggāhino anusāsaniṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā, te na sakkaccaṃ suttantaṃ paraṃ vācenti; tesaṃ accayena chinnamūlako suttanto hoti appaṭisaraṇo. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, therā bhikkhū bāhulikā honti sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā , na vīriyaṃ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Tesaṃ pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati. Sāpi hoti bāhulikā sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅgho bhinno hoti. Saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, bhinne ańńamańńaṃ akkosā ca honti, ańńamańńaṃ paribhāsā ca honti, ańńamańńaṃ parikkhepā ca honti, ańńamańńaṃ pariccajanā [pariccajā (syā. kaṃ.)] ca honti. Tattha appasannā ceva nappasīdanti, pasannānańca ekaccānaṃ ańńathattaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo dhammo saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū suggahitaṃ suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇanti sunikkhittehi padabyańjanehi. Sunikkhittassa, bhikkhave, padabyańjanassa atthopi sunayo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū suvacā honti sovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgatā, khamā padakkhiṇaggāhino anusāsaniṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā, te sakkaccaṃ suttantaṃ paraṃ vācenti; tesaṃ accayena na chinnamūlako [acchinnamūlako (ka.) a. ni. 4.160] suttanto hoti sappaṭisaraṇo. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, therā bhikkhū na bāhulikā honti na sāthalikā, okkamane nikkhittadhurā paviveke pubbaṅgamā; vīriyaṃ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Tesaṃ pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati. Sāpi hoti na bāhulikā na sāthalikā, okkamane nikkhittadhurā paviveke pubbaṅgamā, vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅgho samaggo sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsuṃ viharati. Saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, samagge na ceva ańńamańńaṃ akkosā honti, na ca ańńamańńaṃ paribhāsā honti, na ca ańńamańńaṃ parikkhepā honti, na ca ańńamańńaṃ pariccajanā honti. Tattha appasannā ceva pasīdanti, pasannānańca bhiyyobhāvo hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo dhammo saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Dukkathāsuttaṃ

157. ‘‘Pańcannaṃ , bhikkhave, puggalānaṃ kathā dukkathā puggale puggalaṃ [puggalaṃ puggalaṃ (sī. pī.)] upanidhāya. Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ? Assaddhassa, bhikkhave, saddhākathā dukkathā; dussīlassa sīlakathā dukkathā; appassutassa bāhusaccakathā dukkathā; maccharissa [macchariyassa (sī. pī. ka.)] cāgakathā dukkathā; duppańńassa pańńākathā dukkathā.

‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, assaddhassa saddhākathā dukkathā? Assaddho, bhikkhave, saddhākathāya kacchamānāya abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so, bhikkhave, saddhāsampadaṃ attani na samanupassati [na sampassati (sī.)], na ca labhati tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā assaddhassa saddhākathā dukkathā.

‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, dussīlassa sīlakathā dukkathā? Dussīlo, bhikkhave, sīlakathāya kacchamānāya abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so , bhikkhave, sīlasampadaṃ attani na samanupassati na ca labhati tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā dussīlassa sīlakathā dukkathā.

‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, appassutassa bāhusaccakathā dukkathā? Appassuto, bhikkhave, bāhusaccakathāya kacchamānāya abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so, bhikkhave, sutasampadaṃ attani na samanupassati, na ca labhati tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā appassutassa bāhusaccakathā dukkathā.

‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, maccharissa cāgakathā dukkathā? Maccharī, bhikkhave, cāgakathāya kacchamānāya abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti . Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so, bhikkhave, cāgasampadaṃ attani na samanupassati na ca labhati tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā maccharissa cāgakathā dukkathā.

‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, duppańńassa pańńākathā dukkathā? Duppańńo, bhikkhave, pańńākathāya kacchamānāya abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so, bhikkhave, pańńāsampadaṃ attani na samanupassati, na ca labhati tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā duppańńassa pańńākathā dukkathā. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ puggalānaṃ kathā dukkathā puggale puggalaṃ upanidhāya.

‘‘Pańcannaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalānaṃ kathā sukathā puggale puggalaṃ upanidhāya. Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ? Saddhassa, bhikkhave, saddhākathā sukathā; sīlavato sīlakathā sukathā; bahussutassa bāhusaccakathā sukathā; cāgavato cāgakathā sukathā; pańńavato pańńākathā sukathā.

‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, saddhassa saddhākathā sukathā? Saddho, bhikkhave, saddhākathāya kacchamānāya nābhisajjati na kuppati na byāpajjati na patitthīyati na kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so, bhikkhave, saddhāsampadaṃ attani samanupassati labhati ca tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ . Tasmā saddhassa saddhākathā sukathā.

‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, sīlavato sīlakathā sukathā? Sīlavā, bhikkhave, sīlakathāya kacchamānāya nābhisajjati na kuppati na byāpajjati na patitthīyati na kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so, bhikkhave, sīlasampadaṃ attani samanupassati, labhati ca tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā sīlavato sīlakathā sukathā.

‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, bahussutassa bāhusaccakathā sukathā? Bahussuto, bhikkhave, bāhusaccakathāya kacchamānāya nābhisajjati na kuppati na byāpajjati na patitthīyati na kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so, bhikkhave, sutasampadaṃ attani samanupassati, labhati ca tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā bahussutassa bāhusaccakathā sukathā.

‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, cāgavato cāgakathā sukathā? Cāgavā, bhikkhave, cāgakathāya kacchamānāya nābhisajjati na kuppati na byāpajjati na patitthīyati na kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so, bhikkhave, cāgasampadaṃ attani samanupassati, labhati ca tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā cāgavato cāgakathā sukathā.

‘‘Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, pańńavato pańńākathā sukathā? Pańńavā, bhikkhave, pańńākathāya kacchamānāya nābhisajjati na kuppati na byāpajjati na patitthīyati na kopańca dosańca appaccayańca pātukaroti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tańhi so, bhikkhave, pańńāsampadaṃ attani samanupassati labhati ca tatonidānaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ. Tasmā pańńavato pańńākathā sukathā. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ puggalānaṃ kathā sukathā puggale puggalaṃ upanidhāyā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Sārajjasuttaṃ

158. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sārajjaṃ okkanto [okkamanto (ka.)] hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu assaddho hoti, dussīlo hoti, appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti, dupańńo hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sārajjaṃ okkanto hoti.

‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu visārado hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, pańńavā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu visārado hotī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Udāyīsuttaṃ

159. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivuto dhammaṃ desento nisinno hoti. Addasā kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivutaṃ dhammaṃ desentaṃ nisinnaṃ. Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āyasmā, bhante, udāyī mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivuto dhammaṃ desetī’’ti [desento nisinno’’ti (syā.)].

‘‘Na kho, ānanda , sukaraṃ paresaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ. Paresaṃ, ānanda, dhammaṃ desentena pańca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo. Katame pańca? ‘Anupubbiṃ kathaṃ [ānupubbikathaṃ (sī.), anupubbikathaṃ (syā. pī. ka.)]kathessāmī’ti paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo; ‘pariyāyadassāvī kathaṃ kathessāmī’ti paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo; ‘anuddayataṃ paṭicca kathaṃ kathessāmī’ti paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo; ‘na āmisantaro kathaṃ kathessāmī’ti paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo; ‘attānańca parańca anupahacca kathaṃ kathessāmī’ti paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo. Na kho, ānanda, sukaraṃ paresaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ. Paresaṃ, ānanda, dhammaṃ desentena ime pańca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Duppaṭivinodayasuttaṃ

160. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, uppannā duppaṭivinodayā. Katame pańca? Uppanno rāgo duppaṭivinodayo, uppanno doso duppaṭivinodayo, uppanno moho duppaṭivinodayo, uppannaṃ paṭibhānaṃ duppaṭivinodayaṃ, uppannaṃ gamikacittaṃ duppaṭivinodayaṃ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca uppannā duppaṭivinodayā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Saddhammavaggo paṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Tayo sammattaniyāmā, tayo saddhammasammosā;

Dukkathā ceva sārajjaṃ, udāyidubbinodayāti.

 

 

(17) 2. Āghātavaggo

1. Paṭhamaāghātapaṭivinayasuttaṃ

161. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, āghātapaṭivinayā yattha bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo. Katame pańca? Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, puggale āghāto jāyetha, mettā tasmiṃ puggale bhāvetabbā; evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, puggale āghāto jāyetha, karuṇā tasmiṃ puggale bhāvetabbā; evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, puggale āghāto jāyetha, upekkhā tasmiṃ puggale bhāvetabbā; evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, puggale āghāto jāyetha, asatiamanasikāro tasmiṃ puggale āpajjitabbo; evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Yasmiṃ , bhikkhave, puggale āghāto jāyetha, kammassakatā tasmiṃ puggale adhiṭṭhātabbā – ‘kammassako ayamāyasmā kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammappaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissati kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā tassa dāyādo bhavissatī’ti; evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca āghātapaṭivinayā, yattha bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dutiyaāghātapaṭivinayasuttaṃ

162. Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso bhikkhave’’ti. ‘‘Āvuso’’ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. Āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca –

‘‘Pańcime, āvuso, āghātapaṭivinayā yattha bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo. Katame pańca? Idhāvuso, ekacco puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro hoti parisuddhavacīsamācāro; evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo aparisuddhavacīsamācāro hoti parisuddhakāyasamācāro; evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro hoti aparisuddhavacīsamācāro, labhati ca kālena kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ; evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro hoti aparisuddhavacīsamācāro, na ca labhati kālena kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ; evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Idha panāvuso, ekacco puggalo parisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro, labhati ca kālena vā kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ; evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.

‘‘Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro, kathaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo? Seyyathāpi, āvuso, bhikkhu paṃsukūliko rathiyāya nantakaṃ disvā vāmena pādena niggaṇhitvā dakkhiṇena pādena pattharitvā [vitthāretvā (sī. pī.)], yo tattha sāro taṃ paripātetvā ādāya pakkameyya; evamevaṃ khvāvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro, yāssa aparisuddhakāyasamācāratā na sāssa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā, yā ca khvāssa parisuddhavacīsamācāratā sāssa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā. Evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.

‘‘Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhavacīsamācāro parisuddhakāyasamācāro, kathaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo? Seyyathāpi, āvuso, pokkharaṇī sevālapaṇakapariyonaddhā. Atha puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito. So taṃ pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā ubhohi hatthehi iticiti ca sevālapaṇakaṃ apaviyūhitvā ańjalinā pivitvā pakkameyya. Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso , yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhavacīsamācāro parisuddhakāyasamācāro, yāssa aparisuddhavacīsamācāratā na sāssa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā, yā ca khvāssa parisuddhakāyasamācāratā sāssa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā. Evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.

‘‘Tatrāvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro labhati ca kālena kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, kathaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo? Seyyathāpi, āvuso, parittaṃ gopade [gopadake (sī. syā.)] udakaṃ. Atha puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito. Tassa evamassa – ‘idaṃ kho parittaṃ gopade udakaṃ. Sacāhaṃ ańjalinā vā pivissāmi bhājanena vā khobhessāmipi taṃ loḷessāmipi taṃ apeyyampi taṃ karissāmi. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ catukkuṇḍiko [catuguṇḍiko (sī.), catukuṇḍiko (syā. kaṃ. pī.), catukoṇḍiko (dī. ni. 3.7)] nipatitvā gopītakaṃ pivitvā pakkameyya’nti. So catukkuṇḍiko nipatitvā gopītakaṃ pivitvā pakkameyya. Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro labhati ca kālena kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, yāssa aparisuddhakāyasamācāratā na sāssa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā; yāpissa aparisuddhavacīsamācāratā na sāpissa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā. Yańca kho so labhati kālena kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, tamevassa [tadevassa (sī. syā.)] tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbaṃ. Evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.

‘‘Tatrāvuso , yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro na ca labhati kālena kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, kathaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo? Seyyathāpi, āvuso, puriso ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno addhānamaggappaṭipanno. Tassa puratopissa dūre gāmo pacchatopissa dūre gāmo. So na labheyya sappāyāni bhojanāni, na labheyya sappāyāni bhesajjāni, na labheyya patirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ, na labheyya gāmantanāyakaṃ. Tamenaṃ ańńataro puriso passeyya addhānamaggappaṭipanno. So tasmiṃ purise kāruńńaṃyeva upaṭṭhāpeyya, anuddayaṃyeva upaṭṭhāpeyya, anukampaṃyeva upaṭṭhāpeyya – ‘aho vatāyaṃ puriso labheyya sappāyāni bhojanāni, labheyya sappāyāni bhesajjāni, labheyya patirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ, labheyya gāmantanāyakaṃ! Taṃ kissa hetu? Māyaṃ [ayaṃ (ka.)] puriso idheva anayabyasanaṃ āpajjī’ti [āpajjeyya (ka.)]! Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro aparisuddhavacīsamācāro na ca labhati kālena kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, evarūpepi [evarūpe (pī.)], āvuso, puggale kāruńńaṃyeva upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ anuddayāyeva upaṭṭhāpetabbā anukampāyeva upaṭṭhāpetabbā – ‘aho vata ayamāyasmā kāyaduccaritaṃ pahāya kāyasucaritaṃ bhāveyya, vacīduccaritaṃ pahāya vacīsucaritaṃ bhāveyya, manoduccaritaṃ pahāya manosucaritaṃ bhāveyya ! Taṃ kissa hetu? Māyaṃ āyasmā [ayamāyasmā (ka.)] kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjī’ti [upapajjatīti (ka.)]! Evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo.

‘‘Tatrāvuso , yvāyaṃ puggalo parisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro labhati ca kālena kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, kathaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo? Seyyathāpi, āvuso, pokkharaṇī acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā [acchodikā sātodikā sītodikā (sī.)] setakā [setodakā (ka.)] supatitthā ramaṇīyā nānārukkhehi sańchannā. Atha puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito . So taṃ pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā nhātvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā tattheva rukkhacchāyāya nisīdeyya vā nipajjeyya vā.

Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso, yvāyaṃ puggalo parisuddhakāyasamācāro parisuddhavacīsamācāro labhati ca kālena kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, yāpissa parisuddhakāyasamācāratā sāpissa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā; yāpissa parisuddhavacīsamācāratā sāpissa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbā; yampi labhati kālena kālaṃ cetaso vivaraṃ cetaso pasādaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye manasi kātabbaṃ. Evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Samantapāsādikaṃ, āvuso, puggalaṃ āgamma cittaṃ pasīdati.

‘‘Ime kho, āvuso, pańca āghātapaṭivinayā, yattha bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Sākacchasuttaṃ

163. Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso bhikkhave’’ti. ‘‘Āvuso’’ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. Āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca –

[a. ni. 5.65-66] ‘‘Pańcahāvuso , dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ sākaccho sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, sīlasampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti, samādhisampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca pańńāsampanno hoti, pańńāsampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti, vimuttisampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, vimuttińāṇadassanasampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti. Imehi kho, āvuso, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ sākaccho sabrahmacārīna’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Sājīvasuttaṃ

164.[a. ni. 5.65] Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi…pe… ‘‘pańcahi, āvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsājīvo sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti , sīlasampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti, samādhisampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca pańńāsampanno hoti, pańńāsampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti, vimuttisampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti; attanā ca vimuttińāṇadassanasampanno hoti, vimuttińāṇadassanasampadākathāya ca āgataṃ pańhaṃ byākattā hoti. Imehi kho, āvuso, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃsājīvo sabrahmacārīna’’nti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Pańhapucchāsuttaṃ

165. Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi…pe… ‘‘yo hi koci, āvuso, paraṃ pańhaṃ pucchati, sabbo so pańcahi ṭhānehi, etesaṃ vā ańńatarena. Katamehi pańcahi? Mandattā momūhattā [momuhattā (sī.)] paraṃ pańhaṃ pucchati, pāpiccho icchāpakato paraṃ pańhaṃ pucchati, paribhavaṃ paraṃ pańhaṃ pucchati, ańńātukāmo paraṃ pańhaṃ pucchati, atha vā panevaṃcitto [atha vā pakuppanto (sī. pī.)] paraṃ pańhaṃ pucchati – ‘sace me pańhaṃ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati iccetaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce [no ca (syā.)]me pańhaṃ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati ahamassa sammadeva byākarissāmī’ti. Yo hi koci, āvuso, paraṃ pańhaṃ pucchati, sabbo so imehi pańcahi ṭhānehi, etesaṃ vā ańńatarena. Ahaṃ kho panāvuso, evaṃcitto paraṃ pańhaṃ pucchāmi – ‘sace me pańhaṃ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati iccetaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce me pańhaṃ puṭṭho sammadeva byākarissati, ahamassa sammadeva byākarissāmī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Nirodhasuttaṃ

166. Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi…pe… ‘‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno pańńāsampanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi [samāpajjeyyapi vuṭṭhaheyyapi (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] – atthetaṃ ṭhānaṃ. No ce diṭṭheva dhamme ańńaṃ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ [kabaḷiṃkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhāna’’nti.

Evaṃ vutte āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṃ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – natthetaṃ ṭhāna’’nti.

Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno pańńāsampanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhānaṃ. No ce diṭṭheva dhamme ańńaṃ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhāna’’nti.

Tatiyampi kho āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, āvuso sāriputta , anavakāso yaṃ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – natthetaṃ ṭhāna’’nti.

Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi – ‘‘yāvatatiyakampi [yāvatatiyampi (sī. syā. pī.)] kho me āyasmā udāyī paṭikkosati, na ca me koci bhikkhu anumodati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkameyya’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno pańńāsampanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhānaṃ. No ce diṭṭheva dhamme ańńaṃ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhāna’’nti.

Evaṃ vutte āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṃ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – natthetaṃ ṭhāna’’nti.

Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno pańńāsampanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhānaṃ . No ce diṭṭheva dhamme ańńaṃ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhāna’’nti.

Tatiyampi kho āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhānaṃ kho etaṃ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṃ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – natthetaṃ ṭhāna’’nti.

Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatopi kho me sammukhā āyasmā udāyī yāvatatiyakaṃ paṭikkosati, na ca me koci bhikkhu anumodati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ tuṇhī assa’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ udāyiṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kaṃ pana tvaṃ, udāyi, manomayaṃ kāyaṃ paccesī’’ti? ‘‘Ye te, bhante, devā arūpino sańńāmayā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ nu kho tuyhaṃ, udāyi, bālassa abyattassa bhaṇitena! Tvampi nāma bhaṇitabbaṃ mańńasī’’ti! Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘atthi nāma, ānanda, theraṃ bhikkhuṃ vihesiyamānaṃ ajjhupekkhissatha . Na hi nāma, ānanda, kāruńńampi bhavissati theramhi [byattamhi (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] bhikkhumhi vihesiyamānamhī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlasampanno samādhisampanno pańńāsampanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhānaṃ. No ce diṭṭheva dhamme ańńaṃ ārādheyya , atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ ańńataraṃ manomayaṃ kāyaṃ upapanno sańńāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi – atthetaṃ ṭhāna’’nti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkantassa bhagavato yenāyasmā upavāṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idhāvuso upavāṇa, ańńe there bhikkhū vihesenti. Mayaṃ tena na muccāma. Anacchariyaṃ kho, panetaṃ āvuso upavāṇa, yaṃ bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etadeva ārabbha udāhareyya yathā āyasmantaṃyevettha upavāṇaṃ paṭibhāseyya. Idāneva amhākaṃ sārajjaṃ okkanta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pańńatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Katīhi nu kho, upavāṇa, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti? ‘‘Pańcahi, bhante, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhante, thero bhikkhu sīlavā hoti…pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya [anelagaḷāya (syā. kaṃ.)] atthassa vińńāpaniyā; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; āsavānaṃ khayā…pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhante, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti.

‘‘Sādhu sādhu, upavāṇa! Imehi kho, upavāṇa, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Ime ce, upavāṇa, pańca dhammā therassa bhikkhuno na saṃvijjeyyuṃ, taṃ sabrahmacārī na sakkareyyuṃ na garuṃ kareyyuṃ na māneyyuṃ na pūjeyyuṃ khaṇḍiccena pāliccena valittacatāya. Yasmā ca kho, upavāṇa, ime pańca dhammā therassa bhikkhuno saṃvijjanti, tasmā taṃ sabrahmacārī sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjentī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Codanāsuttaṃ

167. Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘codakena, āvuso, bhikkhunā paraṃ codetukāmena pańca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā paro codetabbo’’.

‘‘Katame pańca? Kālena vakkhāmi, no akālena; bhūtena vakkhāmi, no abhūtena; saṇhena vakkhāmi, no pharusena; atthasaṃhitena vakkhāmi, no anatthasaṃhitena; mettacitto [mettacittena (sī. pī. ka.) cūḷava. 400 passitabbaṃ] vakkhāmi, no dosantaro [dosantarena (sī. pī. ka.)]. Codakena, āvuso, bhikkhunā paraṃ codetukāmena ime pańca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā paro codetabbo.

‘‘Idhāhaṃ , āvuso, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ passāmi akālena codiyamānaṃ no kālena kupitaṃ, abhūtena codiyamānaṃ no bhūtena kupitaṃ, pharusena codiyamānaṃ no saṇhena kupitaṃ, anatthasaṃhitena codiyamānaṃ no atthasaṃhitena kupitaṃ, dosantarena codiyamānaṃ no mettacittena kupitaṃ.

‘‘Adhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pańcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo [upadahitabbo (sī. syā. pī.)] – ‘akālenāyasmā cudito no kālena , alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya; abhūtenāyasmā cudito no bhūtena , alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya; pharusenāyasmā cudito no saṇhena, alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya ; anatthasaṃhitenāyasmā cudito no atthasaṃhitena, alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya; dosantarenāyasmā cudito no mettacittena, alaṃ te avippaṭisārāyā’ti. Adhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno imehi pańcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo.

‘‘Adhammacodakassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pańcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo – ‘akālena te, āvuso, codito [cudito (sī. syā. pī.)]no kālena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; abhūtena te, āvuso, codito no bhūtena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; pharusena te, āvuso, codito no saṇhena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; anatthasaṃhitena te, āvuso, codito no atthasaṃhitena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; dosantarena te, āvuso, codito no mettacittena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāyā’ti. Adhammacodakassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno imehi pańcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yathā na ańńopi bhikkhu abhūtena codetabbaṃ mańńeyyāti.

‘‘Idha panāhaṃ, āvuso, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ passāmi kālena codiyamānaṃ no akālena kupitaṃ, bhūtena codiyamānaṃ no abhūtena kupitaṃ, saṇhena codiyamānaṃ no pharusena kupitaṃ, atthasaṃhitena codiyamānaṃ no anatthasaṃhitena kupitaṃ, mettacittena codiyamānaṃ no dosantarena kupitaṃ.

‘‘Dhammacuditassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pańcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo – ‘kālenāyasmā cudito no akālena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; bhūtenāyasmā cudito no abhūtena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; saṇhenāyasmā cudito no pharusena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; atthasaṃhitenāyasmā cudito no anatthasaṃhitena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāya; mettacittenāyasmā cudito no dosantarena, alaṃ te vippaṭisārāyā’ti. Dhammacuditassa , āvuso, bhikkhuno imehi pańcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo.

‘‘Dhammacodakassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno pańcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo – ‘kālena te, āvuso, codito no akālena, alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya; bhūtena te, āvuso, codito no abhūtena, alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya; saṇhena te, āvuso, codito no pharusena, alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya; atthasaṃhitena te, āvuso, codito no anatthasaṃhitena, alaṃ te avippaṭisārāya; mettacittena te, āvuso, codito no dosantarena, alaṃ te avippaṭisārāyā’ti. Dhammacodakassa, āvuso, bhikkhuno imehi pańcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo. Taṃ kissa hetu? Yathā ańńopi bhikkhu bhūtena coditabbaṃ mańńeyyāti.

‘‘Cuditena, āvuso, puggalena dvīsu dhammesu patiṭṭhātabbaṃ – sacce ca, akuppe ca. Maṃ cepi [pańcahi (syā. ka.)], āvuso, pare codeyyuṃ kālena vā akālena vā bhūtena vā abhūtena vā saṇhena vā pharusena vā atthasaṃhitena vā anatthasaṃhitena vā mettacittā [mettacittena (sī. pī. ka.) ma. ni. 1.227 passitabbaṃ] vā dosantarā [dosantarena (sī. pī. ka.)] vā, ahampi dvīsuyeva dhammesu patiṭṭhaheyyaṃ – sacce ca, akuppe ca. Sace jāneyyaṃ – ‘attheso mayi dhammo’ti, ‘atthī’ti naṃ vadeyyaṃ – ‘saṃvijjateso mayi dhammo’ti. Sace jāneyyaṃ – ‘nattheso mayi dhammo’ti, ‘natthī’ti naṃ vadeyyaṃ – ‘neso dhammo mayi saṃvijjatī’ti.

‘‘Evampi kho te [evampi kho (ka.)], sāriputta, vuccamānā atha ca panidhekacce moghapurisā na padakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhantī’’ti.

‘‘Ye te, bhante, puggalā assaddhā jīvikatthā na saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā saṭhā māyāvino ketabino [keṭubhino (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā indriyesu aguttadvārā bhojane amattańńuno jāgariyaṃ ananuyuttā sāmańńe anapekkhavanto sikkhāya na tibbagāravā bāhulikā sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā kusītā hīnavīriyā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā duppańńā eḷamūgā, te mayā evaṃ vuccamānā na padakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhanti.

‘‘Ye pana te, bhante, kulaputtā saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā asaṭhā amāyāvino aketabino anuddhatā anunnaḷā acapalā amukharā avikiṇṇavācā indriyesu guttadvārā bhojane mattańńuno jāgariyaṃ anuyuttā sāmańńe apekkhavanto sikkhāya tibbagāravā na bāhulikā na sāthalikā okkamane nikkhittadhurā paviveke pubbaṅgamā āraddhavīriyā pahitattā upaṭṭhitassatino sampajānā samāhitā ekaggacittā pańńavanto aneḷamūgā, te mayā evaṃ vuccamānā padakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhantīti.

‘‘Ye te, sāriputta, puggalā assaddhā jīvikatthā na saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā saṭhā māyāvino ketabino uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā indriyesu aguttadvārā bhojane amattańńuno jāgariyaṃ ananuyuttā sāmańńe anapekkhavanto sikkhāya na tibbagāravā bāhulikā sāthalikā okkamane pubbaṅgamā paviveke nikkhittadhurā kusītā hīnavīriyā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā duppańńā eḷamūgā, tiṭṭhantu te.

‘‘Ye pana, te sāriputta, kulaputtā saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā asaṭhā amāyāvino aketabino anuddhatā anunnaḷā acapalā amukharā avikiṇṇavācā indriyesu guttadvārā bhojane mattańńuno jāgariyaṃ anuyuttā sāmańńe apekkhavanto sikkhāya tibbagāravā na bāhulikā na sāthalikā okkamane nikkhittadhurā paviveke pubbaṅgamā āraddhavīriyā pahitattā upaṭṭhitassatino sampajānā samāhitā ekaggacittā pańńavanto aneḷamūgā, te tvaṃ, sāriputta, vadeyyāsi . Ovada, sāriputta , sabrahmacārī; anusāsa, sāriputta, sabrahmacārī – ‘asaddhammā vuṭṭhāpetvā saddhamme patiṭṭhāpessāmi sabrahmacārī’ti. Evańhi te, sāriputta, sikkhitabba’’nti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Sīlasuttaṃ

168. Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘dussīlassa, āvuso, sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi asati sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane asati yathābhūtańāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti vimuttińāṇadassanaṃ. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho sākhāpalāsavipanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṃ gacchati, tacopi …pe… pheggupi… sāropi na pāripūriṃ gacchati. Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi asati sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane asati yathābhūtańāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti vimuttińāṇadassanaṃ.

‘‘Sīlavato, āvuso, sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane sati yathābhūtańāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti vimuttińāṇadassanaṃ. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, rukkho, sākhāpalāsasampanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṃ gacchati, tacopi…pe… pheggupi… sāropi pāripūriṃ gacchati. Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso, sīlavato sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti yathābhūtańāṇadassanaṃ; yathābhūtańāṇadassane sati yathābhūtańāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti vimuttińāṇadassana’’nti [a. ni. 5.168; 6.50; 7.65]. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Khippanisantisuttaṃ

169. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ [sārāṇīyaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti, kusalesu dhammesu suggahitaggāhī ca, bahuńca gaṇhāti, gahitańcassa nappamussatī’’ti? ‘‘Āyasmā kho ānando bahussuto. Paṭibhātu āyasmantaṃyeva ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Tenahāvuso sāriputta, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi. Āyasmā ānando etadavoca –

‘‘Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu atthakusalo ca hoti, dhammakusalo ca, byańjanakusalo ca , niruttikusalo ca, pubbāparakusalo ca. Ettāvatā kho , āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu, suggahitaggāhī ca, bahuńca gaṇhāti, gahitańcassa nappamussatī’’ti. ‘‘Acchariyaṃ, āvuso! Abbhutaṃ, āvuso!! Yāva subhāsitaṃ cidaṃ āyasmatā ānandena. Imehi ca mayaṃ pańcahi dhammehi samannāgataṃ āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ dhārema – ‘āyasmā ānando atthakusalo dhammakusalo byańjanakusalo niruttikusalo pubbāparakusalo’’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Bhaddajisuttaṃ

170. Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Atha kho āyasmā bhaddaji yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ bhaddajiṃ āyasmā ānando etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso bhaddaji, dassanānaṃ aggaṃ, kiṃ savanānaṃ aggaṃ, kiṃ sukhānaṃ aggaṃ, kiṃ sańńānaṃ aggaṃ, kiṃ bhavānaṃ agga’’nti?

‘‘Atthāvuso, brahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto ańńadatthudaso vasavattī, yo taṃ brahmānaṃ passati, idaṃ dassanānaṃ aggaṃ. Atthāvuso, ābhassarā nāma devā sukhena abhisannā parisannā. Te kadāci karahaci udānaṃ udānenti – ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’nti! Yo taṃ saddaṃ suṇāti, idaṃ savanānaṃ aggaṃ. Atthāvuso, subhakiṇhā nāma devā. Te santaṃyeva tusitā sukhaṃ paṭivedenti, idaṃ sukhānaṃ aggaṃ. Atthāvuso, ākińcańńāyatanūpagā devā, idaṃ sańńānaṃ aggaṃ. Atthāvuso, nevasańńānāsańńāyatanūpagā devā, idaṃ bhavānaṃ agga’’nti. ‘‘Sameti kho idaṃ āyasmato bhaddajissa, yadidaṃ bahunā janenā’’ti?

‘‘Āyasmā kho, ānando, bahussuto. Paṭibhātu āyasmantaṃyeva ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Tenahāvuso bhaddaji, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā bhaddaji āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi. Āyasmā ānando etadavoca –

‘‘Yathā passato kho, āvuso, anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti, idaṃ dassanānaṃ aggaṃ. Yathā suṇato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti, idaṃ savanānaṃ aggaṃ. Yathā sukhitassa anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti, idaṃ sukhānaṃ aggaṃ. Yathā sańńissa anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti, idaṃ sańńānaṃ aggaṃ. Yathā bhūtassa anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti, idaṃ bhavānaṃ agga’’nti. Dasamaṃ.

Āghātavaggo dutiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Dve āghātavinayā, sākacchā sājīvato pańhaṃ;

Pucchā nirodho codanā, sīlaṃ nisanti bhaddajīti.

 

 

(18) 3. Upāsakavaggo

1. Sārajjasuttaṃ

171. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti . ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako sārajjaṃ okkanto hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, kāmesumicchācārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako sārajjaṃ okkanto hoti.

‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako visārado hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako visārado hotī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Visāradasuttaṃ

172. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako avisārado agāraṃ ajjhāvasati. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako avisārado agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako visārado agāraṃ ajjhāvasati. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako visārado agāraṃ ajjhāvasatī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Nirayasuttaṃ

173. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Verasuttaṃ

174. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Pańca, gahapati, bhayāni verāni appahāya ‘dussīlo’ iti vuccati, nirayańca upapajjati. Katamāni pańca? Pāṇātipātaṃ, adinnādānaṃ, kāmesumicchācāraṃ, musāvādaṃ, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ – imāni kho, gahapati, pańca bhayāni verāni appahāya ‘dussīlo’ iti vuccati, nirayańca upapajjati.

‘‘Pańca, gahapati, bhayāni verāni pahāya ‘sīlavā’ iti vuccati, sugatińca upapajjati . Katamāni pańca? Pāṇātipātaṃ, adinnādānaṃ, kāmesumicchācāraṃ, musāvādaṃ, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ – imāni kho, gahapati, pańca bhayāni verāni pahāya ‘sīlavā’ iti vuccati, sugatińca upapajjati.

‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato neva diṭṭhadhammikaṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na samparāyikaṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti.

‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, adinnādāyī…pe….

‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, kāmesumicchācārī…pe….

‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, musāvādī…pe….

‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato neva diṭṭhadhammikaṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na samparāyikaṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hotī’’ti.

‘‘Yo pāṇamatipāteti, musāvādańca bhāsati;

Loke adinnaṃ ādiyati, paradārańca gacchati;

Surāmerayapānańca, yo naro anuyuńjati.

‘‘Appahāya pańca verāni, dussīlo iti vuccati;

Kāyassa bhedā duppańńo, nirayaṃ sopapajjati.

‘‘Yo pāṇaṃ nātipāteti, musāvādaṃ na bhāsati;

Loke adinnaṃ nādiyati, paradāraṃ na gacchati;

Surāmerayapānańca , yo naro nānuyuńjati.

‘‘Pahāya pańca verāni, sīlavā iti vuccati;

Kāyassa bhedā sappańńo, sugatiṃ sopapajjatī’’ti. catutthaṃ;

5. Caṇḍālasuttaṃ

175. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakacaṇḍālo ca hoti upāsakamalańca upāsakapatikuṭṭho ca [upāsakapatikiṭṭho ca (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. Katamehi pańcahi? Assaddho hoti; dussīlo hoti; kotūhalamaṅgaliko hoti, maṅgalaṃ pacceti no kammaṃ; ito ca bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṃ gavesati; tattha ca pubbakāraṃ karoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakacaṇḍālo ca hoti upāsakamalańca upāsakapatikuṭṭho ca.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakaratanańca hoti upāsakapadumańca upāsakapuṇḍarīkańca [upāsakapuṇḍarīko ca (pī. ka.)]. Katamehi pańcahi? Saddho hoti; sīlavā hoti; akotūhalamaṅgaliko hoti, kammaṃ pacceti no maṅgalaṃ; na ito bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṃ gavesati; idha ca pubbakāraṃ karoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakaratanańca hoti upāsakapadumańca upāsakapuṇḍarīkańcā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Pītisuttaṃ

176. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati pańcamattehi upāsakasatehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Tumhe kho, gahapati, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena . Na kho, gahapati, tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhi karaṇīyā – ‘mayaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārenā’ti . Tasmātiha, gahapati, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘kinti mayaṃ kālena kālaṃ pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja vihareyyāmā’ti! Evańhi vo, gahapati, sikkhitabba’’nti.

Evaṃ vutte āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! Yāva subhāsitaṃ cidaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā – ‘tumhe kho, gahapati, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. Na kho, gahapati, tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhi karaṇīyā – mayaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārenāti. Tasmātiha, gahapati, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – kinti mayaṃ kālena kālaṃ pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja vihareyyāmāti! Evańhi vo, gahapati, sikkhitabba’nti. Yasmiṃ, bhante, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja viharati, pańcassa ṭhānāni tasmiṃ samaye na honti. Yampissa kāmūpasaṃhitaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yampissa kāmūpasaṃhitaṃ sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yampissa akusalūpasaṃhitaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yampissa akusalūpasaṃhitaṃ sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yampissa kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yasmiṃ, bhante, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja viharati, imānissa pańca [imāni pańcassa (syā. kaṃ.)] ṭhānāni tasmiṃ samaye na hontī’’ti.

‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Yasmiṃ, sāriputta, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja viharati, pańcassa ṭhānāni tasmiṃ samaye na honti. Yampissa kāmūpasaṃhitaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yampissa kāmūpasaṃhitaṃ sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yampissa akusalūpasaṃhitaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yampissa akusalūpasaṃhitaṃ sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yampissa kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ, tampissa tasmiṃ samaye na hoti. Yasmiṃ, sāriputta, samaye ariyasāvako pavivekaṃ pītiṃ upasampajja viharati, imānissa [imānettha (sī.)] pańca ṭhānāni tasmiṃ samaye na hontī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Vaṇijjāsuttaṃ

177. ‘‘Pańcimā , bhikkhave, vaṇijjā upāsakena akaraṇīyā. Katamā pańca? Satthavaṇijjā, sattavaṇijjā, maṃsavaṇijjā, majjavaṇijjā, visavaṇijjā – imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca vaṇijjā upāsakena akaraṇīyā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Rājāsuttaṃ

178. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ mańńatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā – ‘ayaṃ puriso pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratoti [paṭivirato hotīti (sī.), paṭivirato hoti (syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā pāṇātipātā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave! Mayāpi kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṃ na sutaṃ – ‘ayaṃ puriso pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā pāṇātipātā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’ti. Api ca, khvassa tatheva pāpakammaṃ pavedenti [tatheva pāpakaṃ kammaṃ pavedayanti (sī.), tadeva pāpakammaṃ pavedeti (syā. kaṃ.)] – ‘ayaṃ puriso itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā jīvitā voropesīti [voropetīti (syā. kaṃ.)]. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā pāṇātipātahetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karonti. Api nu tumhehi evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā’’’ti? ‘‘Diṭṭhańca no, bhante, sutańca suyyissati [sūyissati (sī. pī.)] cā’’ti.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ mańńatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā – ‘ayaṃ puriso adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā adinnādānā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave! Mayāpi kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṃ na sutaṃ – ‘ayaṃ puriso adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā adinnādānā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’ti. Api ca khvassa tatheva pāpakammaṃ pavedenti – ‘ayaṃ puriso gāmā vā arańńā vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyīti [ādiyati (syā. kaṃ.)]. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā adinnādānahetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karonti. Api nu tumhehi evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā’’’ti? ‘‘Diṭṭhańca no, bhante, sutańca suyyissati cā’’ti.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ mańńatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā – ‘ayaṃ puriso kāmesumicchācāraṃ pahāya kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ , bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave! Mayāpi kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṃ na sutaṃ – ‘ayaṃ puriso kāmesumicchācāraṃ pahāya kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’ti. Api ca khvassa tatheva pāpakammaṃ pavedenti – ‘ayaṃ puriso paritthīsu parakumārīsu cārittaṃ āpajjīti [āpajjati (syā. kaṃ.)]. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā kāmesumicchācārahetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karonti. Api nu tumhehi evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā’’’ti? ‘‘Diṭṭhańca no, bhante, sutańca suyyissati cā’’ti.

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ mańńatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā – ‘ayaṃ puriso musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā musāvādā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave! Mayāpi kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṃ na sutaṃ – ‘ayaṃ puriso musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā musāvādā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’ti. Api ca khvassa tatheva pāpakammaṃ pavedenti – ‘ayaṃ puriso gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā musāvādena atthaṃ pabhańjīti [bhańjatīti (sī.), bhańjati (syā. kaṃ.), bhańjīti (pī.)]. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā musāvādahetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karonti. Api nu tumhehi evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā’’’ti? ‘‘Diṭṭhańca no, bhante, sutańca suyyissati cā’’ti .

‘‘Taṃ kiṃ mańńatha, bhikkhave, api nu tumhehi diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā – ‘ayaṃ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave! Mayāpi kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, neva diṭṭhaṃ na sutaṃ – ‘ayaṃ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratoti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇihetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karontī’ti. Api ca khvassa tatheva pāpakammaṃ pavedenti – ‘ayaṃ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ anuyutto itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā jīvitā voropesi [voropeti (syā.)]; ayaṃ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ anuyutto gāmā vā arańńā vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyi [ādiyati (sī. syā.)]; ayaṃ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ anuyutto paritthīsu parakumārīsu cārittaṃ āpajji [āpajjati (sī. syā.)]; ayaṃ puriso surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ anuyutto gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā musāvādena atthaṃ pabhańjīti. Tamenaṃ rājāno gahetvā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānahetu hananti vā bandhanti vā pabbājenti vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karonti. Api nu tumhehi evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā’’’ti? ‘‘Diṭṭhańca no, bhante, sutańca suyyissati cā’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Gihisuttaṃ

179. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati pańcamattehi upāsakasatehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ kańci [yaṃ kińci (sī. pī.)], sāriputta, jāneyyātha gihiṃ odātavasanaṃ pańcasu sikkhāpadesu saṃvutakammantaṃ catunnaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhiṃ akicchalābhiṃ akasiralābhiṃ, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.

‘‘Katamesu pańcasu sikkhāpadesu saṃvutakammanto hoti? Idha , sāriputta, ariyasāvako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Imesu pańcasu sikkhāpadesu saṃvutakammanto hoti.

‘‘Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī? Idha, sāriputta, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Ayamassa paṭhamo ābhicetasiko diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro adhigato hoti avisuddhassa cittassa visuddhiyā apariyodātassa cittassa pariyodapanāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sāriputta, ariyasāvako dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo vińńūhī’ti. Ayamassa dutiyo ābhicetasiko diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro adhigato hoti avisuddhassa cittassa visuddhiyā apariyodātassa cittassa pariyodapanāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sāriputta, ariyasāvako saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ńāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. Ayamassa tatiyo ābhicetasiko diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro adhigato hoti avisuddhassa cittassa visuddhiyā apariyodātassa cittassa pariyodapanāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, sāriputta, ariyasāvako ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi vińńuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Ayamassa catuttho ābhicetasiko diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro adhigato hoti avisuddhassa cittassa visuddhiyā apariyodātassa cittassa pariyodapanāya. Imesaṃ catunnaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.

‘‘Yaṃ kańci, sāriputta, jāneyyātha gihiṃ odātavasanaṃ – imesu pańcasu sikkhāpadesu saṃvutakammantaṃ, imesańca catunnaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhiṃ akicchalābhiṃ akasiralābhiṃ, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.

‘‘Nirayesu bhayaṃ disvā, pāpāni parivajjaye;

Ariyadhammaṃ samādāya, paṇḍito parivajjaye.

‘‘Na hiṃse pāṇabhūtāni, vijjamāne parakkame;

Musā ca na bhaṇe jānaṃ, adinnaṃ na parāmase.

‘‘Sehi dārehi santuṭṭho, paradārańca ārame [nārame (sī. syā.)];

Merayaṃ vāruṇiṃ jantu, na pive cittamohaniṃ.

‘‘Anussareyya sambuddhaṃ, dhammańcānuvitakkaye;

Abyāpajjaṃ [abyāpajjhaṃ (?) abyāpajjhaṃ (ka.)] hitaṃ cittaṃ, devalokāya bhāvaye.

‘‘Upaṭṭhite deyyadhamme, puńńatthassa jigīsato [jigiṃsato (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)];

Santesu paṭhamaṃ dinnā, vipulā hoti dakkhiṇā.

‘‘Santo have pavakkhāmi, sāriputta suṇohi me;

Iti kaṇhāsu setāsu, rohiṇīsu harīsu vā.

‘‘Kammāsāsu sarūpāsu, gosu pārevatāsu vā;

Yāsu kāsuci etāsu, danto jāyati puṅgavo.

‘‘Dhorayho balasampanno, kalyāṇajavanikkamo;

Tameva bhāre yuńjanti, nāssa vaṇṇaṃ parikkhare.

‘‘Evamevaṃ manussesu, yasmiṃ kismińci jātiye;

Khattiye brāhmaṇe vesse, sudde caṇḍālapukkuse.

‘‘Yāsu kāsuci etāsu, danto jāyati subbato;

Dhammaṭṭho sīlasampanno, saccavādī hirīmano.

‘‘Pahīnajātimaraṇo, brahmacariyassa kevalī;

Pannabhāro visaṃyutto, katakicco anāsavo.

‘‘Pāragū sabbadhammānaṃ, anupādāya nibbuto;

Tasmińca viraje khette, vipulā hoti dakkhiṇā.

‘‘Bālā ca avijānantā, dummedhā assutāvino;

Bahiddhā dadanti dānāni, na hi sante upāsare.

‘‘Ye ca sante upāsanti, sappańńe dhīrasammate;

Saddhā ca nesaṃ sugate, mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā.

‘‘Devalokańca te yanti, kule vā idha jāyare;

Anupubbena nibbānaṃ, adhigacchanti paṇḍitā’’ti. navamaṃ;

10. Gavesīsuttaṃ

180. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ. Addasā kho bhagavā addhānamaggappaṭipanno ańńatarasmiṃ padese mahantaṃ sālavanaṃ; disvāna [disvā (sī. pī.)] maggā okkamma [ukkamma (katthaci)]yena taṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ sālavanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā ańńatarasmiṃ padese sitaṃ pātvākāsi.

Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo bhagavato sitassa pātukammāya? Na akāraṇena tathāgatā sitaṃ pātukarontī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo bhagavato sitassa pātukammāya? Na akāraṇena tathāgatā sitaṃ pātukarontī’’ti.

‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, imasmiṃ padese nagaraṃ ahosi iddhańceva phītańca bahujanaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ. Taṃ kho panānanda, nagaraṃ kassapo bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho upanissāya vihāsi. Kassapassa kho panānanda, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa gavesī nāma upāsako ahosi sīlesu aparipūrakārī. Gavesinā kho, ānanda, upāsakena pańcamattāni upāsakasatāni paṭidesitāni samādapitāni [samādāpitāni (?)] ahesuṃ sīlesu aparipūrakārino. Atha kho, ānanda, gavesissa upāsakassa etadahosi – ‘ahaṃ kho imesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ bahūpakāro [bahukāro (katthaci)] pubbaṅgamo samādapetā [samādāpetā (?)], ahańcamhi sīlesu aparipūrakārī, imāni ca pańca upāsakasatāni sīlesu aparipūrakārino. Iccetaṃ samasamaṃ, natthi kińci atirekaṃ; handāhaṃ atirekāyā’’’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako yena tāni pańca upāsakasatāni tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tāni pańca upāsakasatāni etadavoca – ‘ajjatagge maṃ āyasmanto sīlesu paripūrakāriṃ dhārethā’ti! Atha kho, ānanda, tesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ etadahosi – ‘ayyo kho gavesī amhākaṃ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā . Ayyo hi nāma gavesī sīlesu paripūrakārī bhavissati. Kimaṅgaṃ [kimaṅga (sī. pī.)] pana maya’nti [pana na mayanti (sī.) a. ni. 4.159; cūḷava. 330; saṃ. ni. 5.1020 pāḷiyā saṃsandetabbaṃ]! Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pańca upāsakasatāni yena gavesī upāsako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā gavesiṃ upāsakaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ajjatagge ayyo gavesī imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni sīlesu paripūrakārino dhāretū’ti. Atha kho, ānanda, gavesissa upāsakassa etadahosi – ‘ahaṃ kho imesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā, ahańcamhi sīlesu paripūrakārī, imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni sīlesu paripūrakārino . Iccetaṃ samasamaṃ, natthi kińci atirekaṃ; handāhaṃ atirekāyā’’’ti!

‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako yena tāni pańca upāsakasatāni tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tāni pańca upāsakasatāni etadavoca – ‘ajjatagge maṃ āyasmanto brahmacāriṃ dhāretha ārācāri [anācāriṃ (pī.)] virataṃ methunā gāmadhammā’ti. Atha kho, ānanda, tesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ etadahosi – ‘ayyo kho gavesī amhākaṃ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā. Ayyo hi nāma gavesī brahmacārī bhavissati ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā. Kimaṅgaṃ pana maya’nti! Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pańca upāsakasatāni yena gavesī upāsako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā gavesiṃ upāsakaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ajjatagge ayyo gavesī imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni brahmacārino dhāretu ārācārino viratā methunā gāmadhammā’ti. Atha kho, ānanda, gavesissa upāsakassa etadahosi – ‘ahaṃ kho imesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā. Ahańcamhi sīlesu paripūrakārī. Imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni sīlesu paripūrakārino. Ahańcamhi brahmacārī ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā. Imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni brahmacārino ārācārino viratā methunā gāmadhammā. Iccetaṃ samasamaṃ, natthi kińci atirekaṃ; handāhaṃ atirekāyā’’’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako yena tāni pańca upāsakasatāni tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tāni pańca upāsakasatāni etadavoca – ‘ajjatagge maṃ āyasmanto ekabhattikaṃ dhāretha rattūparataṃ virataṃ vikālabhojanā’ti. Atha kho, ānanda, tesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ etadahosi – ‘ayyo kho gavesī bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā. Ayyo hi nāma gavesī ekabhattiko bhavissati rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā. Kimaṅgaṃ pana maya’nti! Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pańca upāsakasatāni yena gavesī upāsako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā gavesiṃ upāsakaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ajjatagge ayyo gavesī imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni ekabhattike dhāretu rattūparate virate vikālabhojanā’ti. Atha kho, ānanda, gavesissa upāsakassa etadahosi – ‘ahaṃ kho imesaṃ pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā. Ahańcamhi sīlesu paripūrakārī. Imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni sīlesu paripūrakārino. Ahańcamhi brahmacārī ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā. Imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni brahmacārino ārācārino viratā methunā gāmadhammā. Ahańcamhi ekabhattiko rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā. Imānipi pańca upāsakasatāni ekabhattikā rattūparatā viratā vikālabhojanā. Iccetaṃ samasamaṃ, natthi kińci atirekaṃ; handāhaṃ atirekāyā’’’ti.

‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyaṃ upasampada’nti. Alattha kho, ānanda, gavesī upāsako kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno kho panānanda, gavesī bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhańńāsi. Ańńataro ca panānanda, gavesī bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosi.

‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, tesa pańcannaṃ upāsakasatānaṃ etadahosi – ‘ayyo kho gavesī amhākaṃ bahūpakāro pubbaṅgamo samādapetā. Ayyo hi nāma gavesī kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajissati. Kimaṅgaṃ pana maya’nti! Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pańca upāsakasatāni yena kassapo bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ; upasaṅkamitvā kassapaṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’nti. Alabhiṃsu kho, ānanda, tāni pańca upāsakasatāni kassapassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa santike pabbajjaṃ, alabhiṃsu upasampadaṃ.

‘‘Atha kho, ānanda, gavesissa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘ahaṃ kho imassa anuttarassa vimuttisukhassa nikāmalābhī homi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Aho vatimānipi pańca bhikkhusatāni imassa anuttarassa vimuttisukhassa nikāmalābhino assu akicchalābhino akasiralābhino’ti. Atha kho, ānanda, tāni pańca bhikkhusatāni vūpakaṭṭhā [bhikkhusatāni ekekā vūpakaṭṭhā (syā. kaṃ.)] appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharantā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihariṃsu. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhańńiṃsu’’.

‘‘Iti kho , ānanda, tāni pańca bhikkhusatāni gavesīpamukhāni uttaruttari [uttaruttariṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] paṇītapaṇītaṃ vāyamamānā anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchākaṃsu. Tasmātiha, ānanda, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘uttaruttari paṇītapaṇītaṃ vāyamamānā anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchikarissāmā’ti. Evańhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabba’’nti. Dasamaṃ.

Upāsakavaggo tatiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Sārajjaṃ visārado nirayaṃ, veraṃ caṇḍālapańcamaṃ;

Pīti vaṇijjā rājāno, gihī ceva gavesināti.

 

 

(19) 4. Arańńavaggo

1. Ārańńikasuttaṃ

181. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ārańńikā [ārańńatā (sabbattha) pari. 443 passitabbaṃ]. Katame pańca? Mandattā momūhattā ārańńiko hoti, pāpiccho icchāpakato ārańńiko hoti, ummādā cittakkhepā ārańńiko hoti, vaṇṇitaṃ buddhehi buddhasāvakehīti ārańńiko hoti, appicchataṃyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṃyeva nissāya sallekhaṃyeva nissāya pavivekaṃyeva nissāya idamatthitaṃyeva [idamaṭṭhitaṃyeva (sī. pī.)] nissāya ārańńiko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ārańńikā. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ ārańńikānaṃ yvāyaṃ ārańńiko appicchataṃyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṃyeva nissāya sallekhaṃyeva nissāya pavivekaṃyeva nissāya idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya ārańńiko hoti, ayaṃ imesaṃ pańcannaṃ ārańńikānaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho [pāmokkho (a. ni. 4.95; 10.91)] ca uttamo ca pavaro ca.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gavā khīraṃ, khīramhā dadhi, dadhimhā navanītaṃ, navanītamhā sappi, sappimhā sappimaṇḍo, sappimaṇḍo [sappimhā sappimaṇḍo (ka.) saṃ. ni. 3.662] tattha aggamakkhāyati; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pańcannaṃ ārańńikānaṃ yvāyaṃ ārańńiko appicchataṃyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṃyeva nissāya sallekhaṃyeva nissāya pavivekaṃyeva nissāya idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya ārańńiko hoti, ayaṃ imesaṃ pańcannaṃ ārańńikānaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Cīvarasuttaṃ

182. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, paṃsukūlikā. Katame pańca? Mandattā momūhattā paṃsukūliko hoti…pe… idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya paṃsukūliko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca paṃsukūlikā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Rukkhamūlikasuttaṃ

183. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, rukkhamūlikā. Katame pańca? Mandattā momūhattā rukkhamūliko hoti…pe… idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya rukkhamūliko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca rukkhamūlikā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Sosānikasuttaṃ

184. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, sosānikā. Katame pańca? Mandattā momūhattā sosāniko hoti…pe… idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya sosāniko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca sosānikā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Abbhokāsikasuttaṃ

185. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, abbhokāsikā…pe…. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Nesajjikasuttaṃ

186. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, nesajjikā…pe…. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Yathāsanthatikasuttaṃ

187. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, yathāsanthatikā…pe…. Sattamaṃ.

8. Ekāsanikasuttaṃ

188. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ekāsanikā…pe…. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Khalupacchābhattikasuttaṃ

189. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, khalupacchābhattikā…pe…. Navamaṃ.

10. Pattapiṇḍikasuttaṃ

190. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, pattapiṇḍikā. Katame pańca? Mandattā momūhattā pattapiṇḍiko hoti, pāpiccho icchāpakato pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ummādā cittakkhepā pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ‘vaṇṇitaṃ buddhehi buddhasāvakehī’ti pattapiṇḍiko hoti, appicchataṃyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṃyeva nissāya sallekhaṃyeva nissāya pavivekaṃyeva nissāya idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca pattapiṇḍikā. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ pattapiṇḍikānaṃ yvāyaṃ pattapiṇḍiko appicchataṃyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṃyeva nissāya sallekhaṃyeva nissāya pavivekaṃyeva nissāya idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ayaṃ imesaṃ pańcannaṃ pattapiṇḍikānaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro ca.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gavā khīraṃ, khīramhā dadhi, dadhimhā navanītaṃ, navanītamhā sappi, sappimhā sappimaṇḍo, sappimaṇḍo tattha aggamakkhāyati; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pańcannaṃ pattapiṇḍikānaṃ yvāyaṃ pattapiṇḍiko appicchataṃyeva nissāya santuṭṭhiṃyeva nissāya sallekhaṃyeva nissāya pavivekaṃyeva nissāya idamatthitaṃyeva nissāya pattapiṇḍiko hoti, ayaṃ imesaṃ pańcannaṃ pattapiṇḍikānaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Arańńavaggo catuttho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Arańńaṃ cīvaraṃ rukkha, susānaṃ abbhokāsikaṃ;

Nesajjaṃ santhataṃ ekāsanikaṃ, khalupacchāpiṇḍikena cāti.

 

 

(20) 5. Brāhmaṇavaggo

1. Soṇasuttaṃ

191. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, porāṇā brāhmaṇadhammā etarahi sunakhesu sandissanti, no brāhmaṇesu. Katame pańca? Pubbe sudaṃ [pubbassudaṃ (ka.)], bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṃyeva gacchanti, no abrāhmaṇiṃ. Etarahi, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇimpi gacchanti, abrāhmaṇimpi gacchanti. Etarahi, bhikkhave, sunakhā sunakhiṃyeva gacchanti, no asunakhiṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo porāṇo brāhmaṇadhammo etarahi sunakhesu sandissati, no brāhmaṇesu.

‘‘Pubbe sudaṃ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṃ utuniṃyeva gacchanti, no anutuniṃ. Etarahi, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṃ utunimpi gacchanti, anutunimpi gacchanti . Etarahi, bhikkhave, sunakhā sunakhiṃ utuniṃyeva gacchanti, no anutuniṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo porāṇo brāhmaṇadhammo etarahi sunakhesu sandissati, no brāhmaṇesu.

‘‘Pubbe sudaṃ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṃ neva kiṇanti no vikkiṇanti, sampiyeneva saṃvāsaṃ saṃbandhāya [saṃsaggatthāya (sī. pī.)] saṃpavattenti. Etarahi, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇiṃ kiṇantipi vikkiṇantipi, sampiyenapi saṃvāsaṃ saṃbandhāya saṃpavattenti. Etarahi, bhikkhave, sunakhā sunakhiṃ neva kiṇanti no vikkiṇanti, sampiyeneva saṃvāsaṃ saṃbandhāya saṃpavattenti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo porāṇo brāhmaṇadhammo etarahi sunakhesu sandissati, no brāhmaṇesu.

‘‘Pubbe sudaṃ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā na sannidhiṃ karonti dhanassapi dhańńassapi rajatassapi jātarūpassapi. Etarahi, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā sannidhiṃ karonti dhanassapi dhańńassapi rajatassapi jātarūpassapi. Etarahi, bhikkhave, sunakhā na sannidhiṃ karonti dhanassapi dhańńassapi rajatassapi jātarūpassapi. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho porāṇo brāhmaṇadhammo etarahi sunakhesu sandissati, no brāhmaṇesu.

‘‘Pubbe sudaṃ, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā sāyaṃ sāyamāsāya pāto pātarāsāya bhikkhaṃ pariyesanti. Etarahi, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ bhuńjitvā avasesaṃ ādāya pakkamanti. Etarahi, bhikkhave, sunakhā sāyaṃ sāyamāsāya pāto pātarāsāya bhikkhaṃ pariyesanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo porāṇo brāhmaṇadhammo etarahi sunakhesu sandissati, no brāhmaṇesu. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca porāṇā brāhmaṇadhammā etarahi sunakhesu sandissanti, no brāhmaṇesū’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Doṇabrāhmaṇasuttaṃ

192. Atha kho doṇo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho doṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bho gotama – ‘na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. Tayidaṃ, bho gotama, tatheva. Na hi bhavaṃ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. Tayidaṃ, bho gotama, na sampannamevā’’ti. ‘‘Tvampi no, doṇa, brāhmaṇo paṭijānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Yańhi taṃ, bho gotama, sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘brāhmaṇo ubhato sujāto – mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhito anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena, ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapańcamānaṃ, padako veyyākaraṇo lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo’ti, mameva taṃ, bho gotama, sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Ahańhi, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo ubhato sujāto – mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena, ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapańcamānaṃ, padako veyyākaraṇo lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo’’ti.

‘‘Ye kho, te doṇa, brāhmaṇānaṃ pubbakā isayo mantānaṃ kattāro mantānaṃ pavattāro, yesamidaṃ etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samihitaṃ tadanugāyanti tadanubhāsanti bhāsitamanubhāsanti sajjhāyitamanusajjhāyanti vācitamanuvācenti, seyyathidaṃ – aṭṭhako, vāmako, vāmadevo, vessāmitto, yamadaggi [yamataggi (sī.) dī. ni. 1.284, 526, 536; ma. ni. 2.427; mahāva. 300; a. ni. 5.192 passitabbaṃ], aṅgīraso, bhāradvājo, vāseṭṭho, kassapo, bhagu; tyāssu’me pańca brāhmaṇe pańńāpenti – brahmasamaṃ, devasamaṃ, mariyādaṃ, sambhinnamariyādaṃ, brāhmaṇacaṇḍālaṃyeva pańcamaṃ. Tesaṃ tvaṃ doṇa, katamo’’ti?

‘‘Na kho mayaṃ, bho gotama, pańca brāhmaṇe jānāma, atha kho mayaṃ brāhmaṇātveva jānāma. Sādhu me bhavaṃ gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ahaṃ ime pańca brāhmaṇe jāneyya’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, suṇohi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ bho’’ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Kathańca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo brahmasamo hoti? Idha, doṇa, brāhmaṇo ubhato sujāto hoti – mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena. So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ [kodhāraṃ brahmacariyaṃ (syā. ka.)] carati mante adhīyamāno. Aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ caritvā mante adhīyitvā ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesati dhammeneva, no adhammena.

‘‘Tattha ca, doṇa, ko dhammo? Neva kasiyā na vaṇijjāya na gorakkhena na issatthena [na issattena (ka.)] na rājaporisena na sippańńatarena, kevalaṃ bhikkhācariyāya kapālaṃ anatimańńamāno. So ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ niyyādetvā [nīyyādetvā (sī.), nīyādetvā (pī.), niyyātetvā (katthaci)] kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ [catutthiṃ (sī.)], iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena [abyāpajjhena (ka.) abyābajjhena (?)] pharitvā viharati. Karuṇā…pe… muditā… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ , iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati. So ime cattāro brahmavihāre bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ brahmalokaṃ upapajjati. Evaṃ kho, doṇa, brāhmaṇo brahmasamo hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo devasamo hoti? Idha, doṇa, brāhmaṇo ubhato sujāto hoti – mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena . So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ carati mante adhīyamāno. Aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ caritvā mante adhīyitvā ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesati dhammeneva, no adhammena. Tattha ca, doṇa, ko dhammo? Neva kasiyā na vaṇijjāya na gorakkhena na issatthena na rājaporisena na sippańńatarena, kevalaṃ bhikkhācariyāya kapālaṃ anatimańńamāno. So ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ niyyādetvā dāraṃ pariyesati dhammeneva, no adhammena.

‘‘Tattha ca, doṇa, ko dhammo? Neva kayena na vikkayena, brāhmaṇiṃyeva udakūpassaṭṭhaṃ. So brāhmaṇiṃyeva gacchati, na khattiyiṃ na vessiṃ na suddiṃ na caṇḍāliṃ na nesādiṃ na veniṃ [na veṇiṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] na rathakāriṃ na pukkusiṃ gacchati, na gabbhiniṃ gacchati, na pāyamānaṃ gacchati, na anutuniṃ gacchati. Kasmā ca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na gabbhiniṃ gacchati? Sace, doṇa, brāhmaṇo gabbhiniṃ gacchati, atimīḷhajo nāma so hoti māṇavako vā māṇavikā [māṇavakī (ka.)]  . Tasmā, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na gabbhiniṃ gacchati. Kasmā ca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na pāyamānaṃ gacchati? Sace, doṇa, brāhmaṇo pāyamānaṃ gacchati, asucipaṭipīḷito nāma so hoti māṇavako vā māṇavikā vā. Tasmā, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na pāyamānaṃ gacchati. Tassa sā hoti brāhmaṇī neva kāmatthā na davatthā na ratatthā, pajatthāva brāhmaṇassa brāhmaṇī hoti. So methunaṃ uppādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno vivicceva kāmehi…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So ime cattāro jhāne bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Evaṃ kho, doṇa, brāhmaṇo devasamo hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo mariyādo hoti? Idha, doṇa, brāhmaṇo ubhato sujāto hoti – mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena. So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ carati mante adhīyamāno. Aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ caritvā mante adhīyitvā ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesati dhammeneva, no adhammena . Tattha ca, doṇa, ko dhammo? Neva kasiyā na vaṇijjāya na gorakkhena na issatthena na rājaporisena na sippańńatarena, kevalaṃ bhikkhācariyāya kapālaṃ anatimańńamāno. So ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ niyyādetvā dāraṃ pariyesati dhammeneva, no adhammena.

‘‘Tattha ca, doṇa , ko dhammo? Neva kayena na vikkayena, brāhmaṇiṃyeva udakūpassaṭṭhaṃ. So brāhmaṇiṃyeva gacchati, na khattiyiṃ na vessiṃ na suddiṃ na caṇḍāliṃ na nesādiṃ na veniṃ na rathakāriṃ na pukkusiṃ gacchati, na gabbhiniṃ gacchati, na pāyamānaṃ gacchati, na anutuniṃ gacchati. Kasmā ca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na gabbhiniṃ gacchati? Sace, doṇa, brāhmaṇo gabbhiniṃ gacchati, atimīḷhajo nāma so hoti māṇavako vā māṇavikā vā. Tasmā, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na gabbhiniṃ gacchati. Kasmā ca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na pāyamānaṃ gacchati? Sace, doṇa, brāhmaṇo pāyamānaṃ gacchati, asucipaṭipīḷito nāma so hoti māṇavako vā māṇavikā vā. Tasmā, doṇa, brāhmaṇo na pāyamānaṃ gacchati. Tassa sā hoti brāhmaṇī neva kāmatthā na davatthā na ratatthā, pajatthāva brāhmaṇassa brāhmaṇī hoti. So methunaṃ uppādetvā tameva puttassādaṃ nikāmayamāno kuṭumbaṃ ajjhāvasati, na agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati. Yāva porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ mariyādo tattha tiṭṭhati, taṃ na vītikkamati. ‘Yāva porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ mariyādo tattha brāhmaṇo ṭhito taṃ na vītikkamatī’ti, kho, doṇa, tasmā brāhmaṇo mariyādoti vuccati. Evaṃ kho, doṇa, brāhmaṇo mariyādo hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo sambhinnamariyādo hoti? Idha , doṇa, brāhmaṇo ubhato sujāto hoti – mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena . So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ carati mante adhīyamāno. Aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ caritvā mante adhīyitvā ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesati dhammeneva, no adhammena.

‘‘Tattha ca, doṇa, ko dhammo? Neva kasiyā na vaṇijjāya na gorakkhena na issatthena na rājaporisena na sippańńatarena, kevalaṃ bhikkhācariyāya kapālaṃ anatimańńamāno. So ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ niyyādetvā dāraṃ pariyesati dhammenapi adhammenapi kayenapi vikkayenapi brāhmaṇimpi udakūpassaṭṭhaṃ. So brāhmaṇimpi gacchati khattiyimpi gacchati vessimpi gacchati suddimpi gacchati caṇḍālimpi gacchati nesādimpi gacchati venimpi gacchati rathakārimpi gacchati pukkusimpi gacchati gabbhinimpi gacchati pāyamānampi gacchati utunimpi gacchati anutunimpi gacchati. Tassa sā hoti brāhmaṇī kāmatthāpi davatthāpi ratatthāpi pajatthāpi brāhmaṇassa brāhmaṇī hoti. Yāva porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ mariyādo tattha na tiṭṭhati, taṃ vītikkamati. ‘Yāva porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ mariyādo tattha brāhmaṇo na ṭhito taṃ vītikkamatī’ti kho, doṇa, tasmā brāhmaṇo sambhinnamariyādoti vuccati. Evaṃ kho, doṇa, brāhmaṇo sambhinnamariyādo hoti.

‘‘Kathańca, doṇa, brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇacaṇḍālo hoti? Idha, doṇa, brāhmaṇo ubhato sujāto hoti – mātito ca pitito ca, saṃsuddhagahaṇiko, yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena. So aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ carati mante adhīyamāno. Aṭṭhacattālīsavassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ caritvā mante adhīyitvā ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesati dhammenapi adhammenapi kasiyāpi vaṇijjāyapi gorakkhenapi issatthenapi rājaporisenapi sippańńatarenapi, kevalampi bhikkhācariyāya, kapālaṃ anatimańńamāno.

‘‘So ācariyassa ācariyadhanaṃ niyyādetvā dāraṃ pariyesati dhammenapi adhammenapi kayenapi vikkayenapi brāhmaṇimpi udakūpassaṭṭhaṃ. So brāhmaṇimpi gacchati khattiyimpi gacchati vessimpi gacchati suddimpi gacchati caṇḍālimpi gacchati nesādimpi gacchati venimpi gacchati rathakārimpi gacchati pukkusimpi gacchati gabbhinimpi gacchati pāyamānampi gacchati utunimpi gacchati anutunimpi gacchati. Tassa sā hoti brāhmaṇī kāmatthāpi davatthāpi ratatthāpi pajatthāpi brāhmaṇassa brāhmaṇī hoti. So sabbakammehi jīvikaṃ [jīvitaṃ (ka.)] kappeti. Tamenaṃ brāhmaṇā evamāhaṃsu – ‘kasmā bhavaṃ brāhmaṇo paṭijānamāno sabbakammehi jīvikaṃ kappetī’ti? So evamāha – ‘seyyathāpi, bho, aggi sucimpi ḍahati asucimpi ḍahati, na ca tena aggi upalippati [upalimpati (ka.)]; evamevaṃ kho, bho, sabbakammehi cepi brāhmaṇo jīvikaṃ kappeti, na ca tena brāhmaṇo upalippati’. ‘Sabbakammehi jīvikaṃ kappetī’ti kho, doṇa , tasmā brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇacaṇḍāloti vuccati. Evaṃ kho, doṇa, brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇacaṇḍālo hoti.

‘‘Ye kho te, doṇa, brāhmaṇānaṃ pubbakā isayo mantānaṃ kattāro mantānaṃ pavattāro yesamidaṃ etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samīhitaṃ tadanugāyanti tadanubhāsanti bhāsitamanubhāsanti sajjhāyitamanusajjhāyanti vācimanuvācenti, seyyathidaṃ – aṭṭhako, vāmako, vāmadevo, vessāmitto, yamadaggi, aṅgīraso, bhāradvājo, vāseṭṭho , kassapo, bhagu; tyāssume pańca brāhmaṇe pańńāpenti – brahmasamaṃ, devasamaṃ, mariyādaṃ, sambhinnamariyādaṃ, brāhmaṇacaṇḍālaṃyeva pańcamaṃ. Tesaṃ tvaṃ, doṇa, katamo’’ti?

‘‘Evaṃ sante mayaṃ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇacaṇḍālampi na pūrema. Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Saṅgāravasuttaṃ

193. Atha kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho saṅgāravo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko nu kho, bho gotama, hetu ko paccayo, yena kadāci dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā? Ko pana, bho gotama, hetu ko paccayo, yena kadāci dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā’’ti?

‘‘Yasmiṃ, brāhmaṇa, samaye kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti , attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto saṃsaṭṭho lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mańjiṭṭhāya vā. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā santatto ukkudhito [ukkaṭṭhito (sī. pī.), ukkuṭṭhito (syā. kaṃ.)] ussadakajāto [usumakajāto (katthaci), ussurakajāto (ka.), usmudakajāto (ma. ni. 3 majjhimanikāye)]. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti , pageva asajjhāyakatā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto sevālapaṇakapariyonaddho. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto vāterito calito bhanto ūmijāto [ummijāto (pī.)]. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena , uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto āvilo luḷito kalalībhūto andhakāre nikkhitto. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ nappajāneyya na passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti na passati, dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā.

‘‘Yasmińca kho, brāhmaṇa, samaye na kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto asaṃsaṭṭho lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mańjiṭṭhāya vā. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati…pe… .

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati…pe… seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto agginā asantatto anukkudhito anussadakajāto. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati…pe… seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto na sevālapaṇakapariyonaddho. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa , yasmiṃ samaye na uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati…pe… seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto na vāterito na calito na bhanto na ūmijāto. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati …pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti , attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, paratthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udapatto accho vippasanno anāvilo āloke nikkhitto. Tattha cakkhumā puriso sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya passeyya. Evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yasmiṃ samaye na vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati na vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, attatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, paratthampi…pe… ubhayatthampi tasmiṃ samaye yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati, dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā.

‘‘Ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena kadāci dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatāpi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pageva asajjhāyakatā . Ayaṃ pana, brāhmaṇa, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena kadāci dīgharattaṃ asajjhāyakatāpi mantā paṭibhanti, pageva sajjhāyakatā’’ti.

‘‘Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Kāraṇapālīsuttaṃ

194. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena kāraṇapālī [karaṇapālī (ka.)] brāhmaṇo licchavīnaṃ kammantaṃ kāreti. Addasā kho kāraṇapālī brāhmaṇo piṅgiyāniṃ brāhmaṇaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvā piṅgiyāniṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Handa, kuto nu bhavaṃ piṅgiyānī āgacchati divā divassā’’ti? ‘‘Itohaṃ [idhāhaṃ (syā. kaṃ.), ito hi kho ahaṃ (ma. ni. 1.288)], bho, āgacchāmi samaṇassa gotamassa santikā’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ mańńati bhavaṃ, piṅgiyānī, samaṇassa gotamassa pańńāveyyattiyaṃ? Paṇḍito mańńe’’ti? ‘‘Ko cāhaṃ, bho, ko ca samaṇassa gotamassa pańńāveyyattiyaṃ jānissāmi! Sopi nūnassa tādisova yo samaṇassa gotamassa pańńāveyyattiyaṃ jāneyyā’’ti! ‘‘Uḷārāya khalu bhavaṃ, piṅgiyānī, samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsāya pasaṃsatī’’ti. ‘‘Ko cāhaṃ, bho, ko ca samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsissāmi! Pasatthappasatthova [pasaṭṭhapasaṭṭho ca (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] so bhavaṃ gotamo seṭṭho devamanussāna’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana bhavaṃ, piṅgiyānī, atthavasaṃ sampassamāno samaṇe gotame evaṃ abhippasanno’’ti?

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bho, puriso aggarasaparititto na ańńesaṃ hīnānaṃ rasānaṃ piheti; evamevaṃ kho, bho, yato yato tassa bhoto gotamassa dhammaṃ suṇāti – yadi suttaso, yadi geyyaso, yadi veyyākaraṇaso, yadi abbhutadhammaso – tato tato na ańńesaṃ puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇappavādānaṃ piheti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bho, puriso jighacchādubbalyapareto madhupiṇḍikaṃ adhigaccheyya. So yato yato sāyetha, labhateva [sāyeyya, labhetheva (ma. ni. 1.205)] sādurasaṃ asecanakaṃ; evamevaṃ kho, bho, yato yato tassa bhoto gotamassa dhammaṃ suṇāti – yadi suttaso, yadi geyyaso, yadi veyyākaraṇaso, yadi abbhutadhammaso – tato tato labhateva attamanataṃ, labhati cetaso pasādaṃ.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bho, puriso candanaghaṭikaṃ adhigaccheyya – haricandanassa vā lohitacandanassa vā. So yato yato ghāyetha – yadi mūlato, yadi majjhato, yadi aggato – adhigacchateva [adhigacchetheva (?)] surabhigandhaṃ asecanakaṃ; evamevaṃ kho, bho, yato yato tassa bhoto gotamassa dhammaṃ suṇāti – yadi suttaso, yadi geyyaso, yadi veyyākaraṇaso, yadi abbhutadhammaso – tato tato adhigacchati pāmojjaṃ adhigacchati somanassaṃ.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bho, puriso ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Tassa kusalo bhisakko ṭhānaso ābādhaṃ nīhareyya; evamevaṃ kho, bho, yato yato tassa bhoto gotamassa dhammaṃ suṇāti – yadi suttaso, yadi geyyaso, yadi veyyākaraṇaso, yadi abbhutadhammaso – tato tato sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi , bho, pokkharaṇī acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā. Atha puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito . So taṃ pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā nhātvā ca pivitvā ca sabbadarathakilamathapariḷāhaṃ paṭippassambheyya. Evamevaṃ kho, bho, yato yato tassa bhoto gotamassa dhammaṃ suṇāti – yadi suttaso, yadi geyyaso, yadi veyyākaraṇaso, yadi abbhutadhammaso – tato tato sabbadarathakilamathapariḷāhā paṭippassambhantī’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte kāraṇapālī brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā yena bhagavā tenańjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

‘‘Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa;

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa;

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti.

‘‘Abhikkantaṃ, bho piṅgiyāni, abhikkantaṃ, bho piṅgiyāni! Seyyathāpi, bho piṅgiyāni, nikkujjitaṃ [nikujjitaṃ (ka.)] vā ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ bhotā piṅgiyāninā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bho piṅgiyāni, taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammańca bhikkhusaṅghańca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ piṅgiyānī dhāretu, ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Piṅgiyānīsuttaṃ

195. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena pańcamattāni licchavisatāni bhagavantaṃ payirupāsanti. Appekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, appekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā , appekacce licchavī lohitakā honti lohitakavaṇṇā lohitakavatthā lohitakālaṅkārā, appekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. Tyassudaṃ bhagavā atirocati vaṇṇena ceva yasasā ca.

Atha kho piṅgiyānī brāhmaṇo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenańjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paṭibhāti maṃ, bhagavā, paṭibhāti maṃ, sugatā’’ti. ‘‘Paṭibhātu taṃ piṅgiyānī’’ti bhagavā avoca. Atha kho piṅgiyānī brāhmaṇo bhagavato sammukhā sāruppāya gāthāya abhitthavi –

‘‘Padmaṃ [padumaṃ (ka.) saṃ. ni. 1.132] yathā kokanadaṃ [kokanudaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)] sugandhaṃ,

Pāto siyā phullamavītagandhaṃ;

Aṅgīrasaṃ passa virocamānaṃ,

Tapantamādiccamivantalikkhe’’ti.

Atha kho te licchavī pańcahi uttarāsaṅgasatehi piṅgiyāniṃ brāhmaṇaṃ acchādesuṃ. Atha kho piṅgiyānī brāhmaṇo tehi pańcahi uttarāsaṅgasatehi bhagavantaṃ acchādesi .

Atha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘pańcannaṃ, licchavī, ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ? Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desetā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desitassa vińńātā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desitassa vińńātā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Katańńū katavedī puggalo dullabho lokasmiṃ. Imesaṃ kho, licchavī, pańcannaṃ ratanānaṃ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmi’’nti [a. ni. 5.143]. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Mahāsupinasuttaṃ

196. ‘‘Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato pańca mahāsupinā pāturahesuṃ. Katame pańca? Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṃ mahāpathavī mahāsayanaṃ ahosi, himavā pabbatarājā bibbohanaṃ [bibbohanaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), bimba + ohanaṃ = iti padavibhāgo] ahosi, puratthime samudde vāmo hattho ohito ahosi, pacchime samudde dakkhiṇo hattho ohito ahosi, dakkhiṇe samudde ubho pādā ohitā ahesuṃ. Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṃ paṭhamo mahāsupino pāturahosi.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato tiriyā nāma tiṇajāti nābhiyā uggantvā nabhaṃ āhacca ṭhitā ahosi. Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave , arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṃ dutiyo mahāsupino pāturahosi.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato setā kimī kaṇhasīsā pādehi ussakkitvā ( ) [(agganakhato) katthaci dissati] yāva jāṇumaṇḍalā paṭicchādesuṃ. Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṃ tatiyo mahāsupino pāturahosi.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato cattāro sakuṇā nānāvaṇṇā catūhi disāhi āgantvā pādamūle nipatitvā sabbasetā sampajjiṃsu. Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṃ catuttho mahāsupino pāturahosi.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno mahato mīḷhapabbatassa uparūpari caṅkamati alippamāno mīḷhena. Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṃ pańcamo mahāsupino pāturahosi.

‘‘Yampi , bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ayaṃ mahāpathavī mahāsayanaṃ ahosi, himavā pabbatarājā bibbohanaṃ ahosi, puratthime samudde vāmo hattho ohito ahosi, pacchime samudde dakkhiṇo hattho ohito ahosi, dakkhiṇe samudde ubho pādā ohitā ahesuṃ; tathāgatena , bhikkhave, arahatā sammāsambuddhena anuttarā sammāsambodhi abhisambuddhā. Tassā abhisambodhāya ayaṃ paṭhamo mahāsupino pāturahosi.

‘‘Yampi , bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato tiriyā nāma tiṇajāti nābhiyā uggantvā nabhaṃ āhacca ṭhitā ahosi; tathāgatena, bhikkhave, arahatā sammāsambuddhena ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo abhisambujjhitvā yāva devamanussehi suppakāsito. Tassa abhisambodhāya ayaṃ dutiyo mahāsupino pāturahosi.

‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato setā kimī kaṇhasīsā pādehi ussakkitvā yāva jāṇumaṇḍalā paṭicchādesuṃ; bahū, bhikkhave, gihī odātavasanā tathāgataṃ pāṇupetā [pāṇupetaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] saraṇaṃ gatā. Tassa abhisambodhāya ayaṃ tatiyo mahāsupino pāturahosi.

‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato cattāro sakuṇā nānāvaṇṇā catūhi disāhi āgantvā pādamūle nipatitvā sabbasetā sampajjiṃsu; cattārome, bhikkhave, vaṇṇā khattiyā brāhmaṇā vessā suddā te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchikaronti. Tassa abhisambodhāya ayaṃ catuttho mahāsupino pāturahosi.

‘‘Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno mahato mīḷhapabbatassa uparūpari caṅkamati alippamāno mīḷhena; lābhī, bhikkhave, tathāgato cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ, taṃ [tattha ca (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] tathāgato agathito [agadhito (syā. pī. ka.)] amucchito anajjhosanno [anajjhāpanno (ka.) anajjhopanno (sī. syā.)] ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapańńo paribhuńjati. Tassa abhisambodhāya ayaṃ pańcamo mahāsupino pāturahosi.

‘‘Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato ime pańca mahāsupinā pāturahesu’’nti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Vassasuttaṃ

197. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, vassassa antarāyā, yaṃ nemittā [nemittakā (katthaci)] na jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamati. Katame pańca? Upari, bhikkhave, ākāse tejodhātu pakuppati. Tena uppannā meghā paṭivigacchanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo vassassa antarāyo, yaṃ nemittā na jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, upari ākāse vāyodhātu pakuppati. Tena uppannā meghā paṭivigacchanti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo vassassa antarāyo, yaṃ nemittā na jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, rāhu asurindo pāṇinā udakaṃ sampaṭicchitvā mahāsamudde chaḍḍeti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo vassassa antarāyo, yaṃ nemittā na jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, vassavalāhakā devā pamattā honti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho vassassa antarāyo, yaṃ nemittā na jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, manussā adhammikā honti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo vassassa antarāyo, yaṃ nemittā na jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca vassassa antarāyā, yaṃ nemittā na jānanti, yattha nemittānaṃ cakkhu na kamatī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Vācāsuttaṃ

198. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti, no dubbhāsitā, anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca vińńūnaṃ [ananuvajjā vińńūnaṃ (syā. kaṃ.)]. Katamehi pańcahi? Kālena ca bhāsitā hoti, saccā ca bhāsitā hoti, saṇhā ca bhāsitā hoti, atthasaṃhitā ca bhāsitā hoti, mettacittena ca bhāsitā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti, no dubbhāsitā, anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca vińńūna’’nti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Kulasuttaṃ

199. ‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavanto pabbajitā kulaṃ upasaṅkamanti, tattha manussā pańcahi ṭhānehi bahuṃ puńńaṃ pasavanti. Katamehi pańcahi? Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante manussā disvā cittāni pasādenti [pasīdanti (syā. kaṃ. ka.)], saggasaṃvattanikaṃ, bhikkhave, taṃ kulaṃ tasmiṃ samaye paṭipadaṃ paṭipannaṃ hoti.

‘‘Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante manussā paccuṭṭhenti abhivādenti āsanaṃ denti, uccākulīnasaṃvattanikaṃ, bhikkhave, taṃ kulaṃ tasmiṃ samaye paṭipadaṃ paṭipannaṃ hoti.

‘‘Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante manussā maccheramalaṃ paṭivinenti [paṭivinodenti (sī. pī.)], mahesakkhasaṃvattanikaṃ, bhikkhave, taṃ kulaṃ tasmiṃ samaye paṭipadaṃ paṭipannaṃ hoti.

‘‘Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante manussā yathāsatti yathābalaṃ saṃvibhajanti, mahābhogasaṃvattanikaṃ , bhikkhave, taṃ kulaṃ tasmiṃ samaye paṭipadaṃ paṭipannaṃ hoti.

‘‘Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante manussā paripucchanti paripańhanti dhammaṃ suṇanti, mahāpańńāsaṃvattanikaṃ, bhikkhave, taṃ kulaṃ tasmiṃ samaye paṭipadaṃ paṭipannaṃ hoti. Yaṃ , bhikkhave, sīlavanto pabbajitā kulaṃ upasaṅkamanti, tattha manussā imehi pańcahi ṭhānehi bahuṃ puńńaṃ pasavantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Nissāraṇīyasuttaṃ

200. ‘‘Pańcimā , bhikkhave, nissāraṇīyā [nissaraṇīyā (pī.), nissaraṇiyā (dī. ni. 3.321)] dhātuyo. Katamā pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kāmaṃ [kāme (syā. kaṃ.) dī. ni. 3.321] manasikaroto kāmesu cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Nekkhammaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto nekkhamme cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ [sukataṃ (pī. ka.)] subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ suvisaṃyuttaṃ [visaṃyuttaṃ (katthaci, dī. ni. 3.321)] kāmehi; ye ca kāmapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṃ vedanaṃ vediyati. Idamakkhātaṃ kāmānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno byāpādaṃ manasikaroto byāpāde cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Abyāpādaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto abyāpāde cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ suvisaṃyuttaṃ byāpādena; ye ca byāpādapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṃ vedanaṃ vediyati. Idamakkhātaṃ byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno vihesaṃ manasikaroto vihesāya cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Avihesaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto avihesāya cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ suvisaṃyuttaṃ vihesāya; ye ca vihesāpaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṃ vedanaṃ vediyati. Idamakkhātaṃ vihesāya nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno rūpaṃ manasikaroto rūpe cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Arūpaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto arūpe cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ suvisaṃyuttaṃ rūpehi; ye ca rūpapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṃ vedanaṃ vediyati. Idamakkhātaṃ rūpānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sakkāyaṃ manasikaroto sakkāye cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati. Sakkāyanirodhaṃ kho panassa manasikaroto sakkāyanirodhe cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ sugataṃ subhāvitaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ suvimuttaṃ suvisaṃyuttaṃ sakkāyena; ye ca sakkāyapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, mutto so tehi, na so taṃ vedanaṃ vediyati. Idamakkhātaṃ sakkāyassa nissaraṇaṃ.

‘‘Tassa kāmanandīpi nānuseti, byāpādanandīpi nānuseti, vihesānandīpi nānuseti , rūpanandīpi nānuseti, sakkāyanandīpi nānuseti (so) [( ) katthaci natthi] kāmanandiyāpi ananusayā, byāpādanandiyāpi ananusayā, vihesānandiyāpi ananusayā, rūpanandiyāpi ananusayā, sakkāyanandiyāpi ananusayā. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu niranusayo, acchecchi [acchejji (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] taṇhaṃ, vivattayi [vāvattayi (sī.)] saṃyojanaṃ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassa. Imā kho, bhikkhave, pańca nissāraṇīyā dhātuyo’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Brāhmaṇavaggo pańcamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Soṇo doṇo saṅgāravo, kāraṇapālī ca piṅgiyānī;

Supinā ca vassā vācā, kulaṃ nissāraṇīyena cāti.

Catutthaṃpaṇṇāsakaṃ samatto.

5. Pańcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ

 

 

(21) 1. Kimilavaggo

1. Kimilasuttaṃ

201. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kimilāyaṃ [kimbilāyaṃ (sī. pī.) a. ni. 6.40; 7.59] viharati veḷuvane. Atha kho āyasmā kimilo [kimbilo (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo na ciraṭṭhitiko hotī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, kimila, tathāgate parinibbute bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo satthari agāravā viharanti appatissā, dhamme agāravā viharanti appatissā, saṅghe agāravā viharanti appatissā, sikkhāya agāravā viharanti appatissā, ańńamańńaṃ agāravā viharanti appatissā. Ayaṃ kho, kimila, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo na ciraṭṭhitiko hotī’’ti.

‘‘Ko pana, bhante, hetu ko paccayo, yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo ciraṭṭhitiko hotī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, kimila, tathāgate parinibbute bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo satthari sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, dhamme sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, saṅghe sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, sikkhāya sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, ańńamańńaṃ sagāravā viharanti sappatissā. Ayaṃ kho, kimila, hetu ayaṃ paccayo, yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo ciraṭṭhitiko hotī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dhammassavanasuttaṃ

202. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā dhammassavane. Katame pańca? Assutaṃ suṇāti , sutaṃ pariyodāpeti, kaṅkhaṃ vitarati [vihanati (syā. kaṃ. pī. ka.)], diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karoti, cittamassa pasīdati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā dhammassavane’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Assājānīyasuttaṃ

203. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo bhadro [bhaddo (pī.)] assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rańńo aṅgantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Ajjavena, javena, maddavena, khantiyā, soraccena – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi aṅgehi samannāgato rańńo bhadro assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rańńo aṅgantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. ‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassa.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Ajjavena, javena, maddavena, khantiyā, soraccena – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo ańjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puńńakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Balasuttaṃ

204. ‘‘Pańcimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, hiribalaṃ, ottappabalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca balānī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Cetokhilasuttaṃ

205.[a. ni. 9.71; ma. ni. 1.185; dī. ni. 3.319] ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, cetokhilā. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave , bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṃ paṭhamo cetokhilo.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhamme kaṅkhati…pe… saṅghe kaṅkhati…pe… sikkhāya kaṅkhati…pe… sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṃ pańcamo cetokhilo. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca cetokhilā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Vinibandhasuttaṃ

206.[a. ni. 9.72; dī. ni. 3.320] ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, cetasovinibandhā [cetovinibaddhā (sāratthadīpanīṭīkāyaṃ)]. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo [avigatarāgo (ka.)] hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṃ paṭhamo cetasovinibandho.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye avītarāgo hoti…pe… rūpe avītarāgo hoti…pe… yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ bhuńjitvā seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharati…pe… ańńataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ carati – ‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devańńataro vā’ti. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ańńataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ carati – ‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devańńataro vā’ti, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya. Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṃ pańcamo cetasovinibandho. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca cetasovinibandhā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Yāgusuttaṃ

207. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā yāguyā. Katame pańca? Khuddaṃ [khudaṃ (sī. pī.) khudhāti sakkatānulomaṃ. mahāva. 282]paṭihanati, pipāsaṃ paṭivineti, vātaṃ anulometi, vatthiṃ sodheti, āmāvasesaṃ pāceti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā yāguyā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Dantakaṭṭhasuttaṃ

208. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā dantakaṭṭhassa akhādane. Katame pańca? Acakkhussaṃ, mukhaṃ duggandhaṃ hoti, rasaharaṇiyo na visujjhanti, pittaṃ semhaṃ bhattaṃ pariyonandhati [pariyonaddhanti (sī. pī.), pariyonaddhati (syā. kaṃ. ka.) cūḷava. 282 passitabbaṃ], bhattamassa nacchādeti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā dantakaṭṭhassa akhādane.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā dantakaṭṭhassa khādane. Katame pańca? Cakkhussaṃ, mukhaṃ na duggandhaṃ hoti, rasaharaṇiyo visujjhanti, pittaṃ semhaṃ bhattaṃ na pariyonandhati, bhattamassa chādeti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā dantakaṭṭhassa khādane’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Gītassarasuttaṃ

209.[cūḷava. 249] ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ādīnavā āyatakena gītassarena dhammaṃ bhaṇantassa. Katame pańca? Attanāpi tasmiṃ sare sārajjati, parepi tasmiṃ sare sārajjanti, gahapatikāpi ujjhāyanti – ‘yatheva mayaṃ gāyāma, evamevaṃ kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā gāyantī’ti, sarakuttimpi nikāmayamānassa samādhissa bhaṅgo hoti, pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā āyatakena gītassarena dhammaṃ bhaṇantassā’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Muṭṭhassatisuttaṃ

210.[mahāva. 353] ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa niddaṃ okkamayato . Katame pańca? Dukkhaṃ supati, dukkhaṃ paṭibujjhati, pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati, devatā na rakkhanti, asuci muccati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa niddaṃ okkamayato.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā upaṭṭhitassatissa sampajānassa niddaṃ okkamayato. Katame pańca? Sukhaṃ supati, sukhaṃ paṭibujjhati, na pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati , devatā rakkhanti, asuci na muccati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā upaṭṭhitassatissa sampajānassa niddaṃ okkamayato’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Kimilavaggo paṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Kimilo dhammassavanaṃ, ājānīyo balaṃ khilaṃ;

Vinibandhaṃ yāgu kaṭṭhaṃ, gītaṃ muṭṭhassatinā cāti.

 

 

(22) 2. Akkosakavaggo

1. Akkosakasuttaṃ

211. ‘‘Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosakaparibhāsako ariyūpavādī sabrahmacārīnaṃ, tassa pańca ādīnavā pāṭikaṅkhā. Katame pańca? Pārājiko vā hoti chinnaparipantho [chinnaparibandho (ka.)], ańńataraṃ vā saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati, bāḷhaṃ vā rogātaṅkaṃ phusati, sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu akkosakaparibhāsako ariyūpavādī sabrahmacārīnaṃ, tassa ime pańca ādīnavā pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Bhaṇḍanakārakasuttaṃ

212. ‘‘Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako, tassa pańca ādīnavā pāṭikaṅkhā. Katame pańca? Anadhigataṃ nādhigacchati, adhigatā [adhigataṃ (sabbattha)] parihāyati, pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako, tassa ime pańca ādīnavā pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Sīlasuttaṃ

213.[mahāva. 209; dī. ni. 3.316] ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, dussīlo sīlavipanno yańńadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ, yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ, yadi gahapatiparisaṃ, yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pańca? Idha, bhikkhave, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavā sīlasampanno yańńadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ, yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ , yadi gahapatiparisaṃ, yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ bhikkhave, tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Bahubhāṇisuttaṃ

214. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā bahubhāṇismiṃ puggale. Katame pańca? Musā bhaṇati, pisuṇaṃ bhaṇati, pharusaṃ bhaṇati, samphappalāpaṃ bhaṇati, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā bahubhāṇismiṃ puggale.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā mantabhāṇismiṃ puggale. Katame pańca? Na musā bhaṇati, na pisuṇaṃ bhaṇati, na pharusaṃ bhaṇati, na samphappalāpaṃ bhaṇati, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā mantabhāṇismiṃ puggale’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Paṭhamaakkhantisuttaṃ

215. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā akkhantiyā. Katame pańca? Bahuno janassa appiyo hoti amanāpo, verabahulo ca hoti, vajjabahulo ca, sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā akkhantiyā.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā khantiyā. Katame pańca? Bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo, na verabahulo hoti, na vajjabahulo, asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā khantiyā’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Dutiyaakkhantisuttaṃ

216. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ādīnavā akkhantiyā. Katame pańca? Bahuno janassa appiyo hoti amanāpo, luddo ca hoti, vippaṭisārī ca, sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā akkhantiyā.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā khantiyā. Katame pańca? Bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo, aluddo ca hoti, avippaṭisārī ca, asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā khantiyā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Paṭhamaapāsādikasuttaṃ

217. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā apāsādike. Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ upavadati, anuvicca vińńū garahanti, pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā apāsādike.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā pāsādike . Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ na upavadati, anuvicca vińńū pasaṃsanti, kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā pāsādike’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Dutiyaapāsādikasuttaṃ

218. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā apāsādike. Katame pańca? Appasannā nappasīdanti, pasannānańca ekaccānaṃ ańńathattaṃ hoti, satthusāsanaṃ akataṃ [na kataṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.)] hoti, pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati, cittamassa nappasīdati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā apāsādike.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā pāsādike. Katame pańca? Appasannā pasīdanti, pasannānańca bhiyyobhāvo hoti, satthusāsanaṃ kataṃ hoti, pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati, cittamassa pasīdati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā pāsādike’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Aggisuttaṃ

219. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ādīnavā aggismiṃ. Katame pańca? Acakkhusso, dubbaṇṇakaraṇo, dubbalakaraṇo, saṅgaṇikāpavaḍḍhano [saṅgaṇikāpavaddhano (sī.), saṅgaṇikārāmabaddhano (ka.)], tiracchānakathāpavattaniko hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā aggismi’’nti. Navamaṃ.

10. Madhurāsuttaṃ

220. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā madhurāyaṃ. Katame pańca? Visamā, bahurajā, caṇḍasunakhā, vāḷayakkhā, dullabhapiṇḍā – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā madhurāya’’nti. Dasamaṃ.

Akkosakavaggo dutiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Akkosabhaṇḍanasīlaṃ , bahubhāṇī dve akhantiyo;

Apāsādikā dve vuttā, aggismiṃ madhurena cāti.

 

 

(23) 3. Dīghacārikavaggo

1. Paṭhamadīghacārikasuttaṃ

221. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ādīnavā dīghacārikaṃ anavatthacārikaṃ anuyuttassa viharato. Katame pańca? Assutaṃ na suṇāti, sutaṃ na pariyodāpeti, sutenekaccena avisārado hoti, gāḷhaṃ [bāḷhaṃ (syā.)] rogātaṅkaṃ phusati, na ca mittavā hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā dīghacārikaṃ anavatthacārikaṃ anuyuttassa viharato.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā samavatthacāre. Katame pańca? Assutaṃ suṇāti, sutaṃ pariyodāpeti, sutenekaccena visārado hoti, na gāḷhaṃ rogātaṅkaṃ phusati, mittavā ca hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā samavatthacāre’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dutiyadīghacārikasuttaṃ

222. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ādīnavā dīghacārikaṃ anavatthacārikaṃ anuyuttassa viharato. Katame pańca? Anadhigataṃ nādhigacchati, adhigatā parihāyati, adhigatenekaccena avisārado hoti, gāḷhaṃ rogātaṅkaṃ phusati, na ca mittavā hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā dīghacārikaṃ anavatthacārikaṃ anuyuttassa viharato.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā samavatthacāre. Katame pańca? Anadhigataṃ adhigacchati, adhigatā na parihāyati, adhigatenekaccena visārado hoti, na gāḷhaṃ rogātaṅkaṃ phusati, mittavā ca hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā samavatthacāre’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Atinivāsasuttaṃ

223. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ādīnavā atinivāse. Katame pańca? Bahubhaṇḍo hoti bahubhaṇḍasannicayo, bahubhesajjo hoti bahubhesajjasannicayo, bahukicco hoti bahukaraṇīyo byatto kiṃkaraṇīyesu, saṃsaṭṭho viharati gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena gihisaṃsaggena, tamhā ca āvāsā pakkamanto sāpekkho pakkamati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā atinivāse.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā samavatthavāse. Katame pańca? Na bahubhaṇḍo hoti na bahubhaṇḍasannicayo, na bahubhesajjo hoti na bahubhesajjasannicayo, na bahukicco hoti na bahukaraṇīyo na byatto kiṃkaraṇīyesu, asaṃsaṭṭho viharati gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena gihisaṃsaggena, tamhā ca āvāsā pakkamanto anapekkho pakkamati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā samavatthavāse’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Maccharīsuttaṃ

224. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā atinivāse. Katame pańca? Āvāsamaccharī hoti, kulamaccharī hoti, lābhamaccharī hoti, vaṇṇamaccharī hoti, dhammamaccharī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā atinivāse.

‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā samavatthavāse. Katame pańca? Na āvāsamaccharī hoti, na kulamaccharī hoti, na lābhamaccharī hoti, na vaṇṇamaccharī hoti, na dhammamaccharī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā samavatthavāse’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Paṭhamakulūpakasuttaṃ

225. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā kulūpake [kulupake (syā. pī.), kulūpage (sī.)]. Katame pańca? Anāmantacāre āpajjati, raho nisajjāya āpajjati, paṭicchanne āsane āpajjati, mātugāmassa uttari chappańcavācāhi dhammaṃ desento āpajjati, kāmasaṅkappabahulo viharati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā kulūpake’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Dutiyakulūpakasuttaṃ

226. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā kulūpakassa bhikkhuno ativelaṃ kulesu saṃsaṭṭhassa viharato. Katame pańca? Mātugāmassa abhiṇhadassanaṃ, dassane sati saṃsaggo, saṃsagge sati vissāso, vissāse sati otāro, otiṇṇacittassetaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ – ‘anabhirato vā brahmacariyaṃ carissati ańńataraṃ vā saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjissati sikkhaṃ vā paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissati’. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā kulūpakassa bhikkhuno ativelaṃ kulesu saṃsaṭṭhassa viharato’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Bhogasuttaṃ

227. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā bhogesu. Katame pańca? Aggisādhāraṇā bhogā, udakasādhāraṇā bhogā, rājasādhāraṇā bhogā, corasādhāraṇā bhogā, appiyehi dāyādehi sādhāraṇā bhogā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā bhogesu.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā bhogesu. Katame pańca? Bhoge nissāya attānaṃ sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati, mātāpitaro sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati, puttadāradāsakammakaraporise sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati, mittāmacce sukheti pīṇeti sammā sukhaṃ pariharati, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu uddhaggikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti sovaggikaṃ sukhavipākaṃ saggasaṃvattanikaṃ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā bhogesū’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Ussūrabhattasuttaṃ

228. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ādīnavā ussūrabhatte kule. Katame pańca? Ye te atithī pāhunā, te na kālena paṭipūjenti; yā tā balipaṭiggāhikā devatā, tā na kālena paṭipūjenti; ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekabhattikā rattūparatā viratā vikālabhojanā, te na kālena paṭipūjenti; dāsakammakaraporisā vimukhā kammaṃ karonti; tāvatakaṃyeva asamayena bhuttaṃ anojavantaṃ hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā ussūrabhatte kule.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā samayabhatte kule. Katame pańca? Ye te atithī pāhunā, te kālena paṭipūjenti; yā tā balipaṭiggāhikā devatā, tā kālena paṭipūjenti; ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekabhattikā rattūparatā viratā vikālabhojanā, te kālena paṭipūjenti; dāsakammakaraporisā avimukhā kammaṃ karonti; tāvatakaṃyeva samayena bhuttaṃ ojavantaṃ hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā samayabhatte kule’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Paṭhamakaṇhasappasuttaṃ

229. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā kaṇhasappe. Katame pańca? Asuci, duggandho, sabhīru, sappaṭibhayo, mittadubbhī – ime kho, bhikkhave , pańca ādīnavā kaṇhasappe. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcime ādīnavā mātugāme. Katame pańca? Asuci, duggandho, sabhīru, sappaṭibhayo, mittadubbhī – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā mātugāme’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Dutiyakaṇhasappasuttaṃ

230. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā kaṇhasappe. Katame pańca? Kodhano, upanāhī, ghoraviso, dujjivho, mittadubbhī – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā kaṇhasappe.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcime ādīnavā mātugāme. Katame pańca? Kodhano, upanāhī, ghoraviso, dujjivho, mittadubbhī. Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, mātugāmassa ghoravisatā – yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, mātugāmo tibbarāgo. Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, mātugāmassa dujjivhatā – yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, mātugāmo pisuṇavāco. Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, mātugāmassa mittadubbhitā – yebhuyyena , bhikkhave, mātugāmo aticārinī. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā mātugāme’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Dīghacārikavaggo tatiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Dve dīghacārikā vuttā, atinivāsamaccharī;

Dve ca kulūpakā bhogā, bhattaṃ sappāpare duveti.

 

 

(24) 4. Āvāsikavaggo

1. Āvāsikasuttaṃ

231. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu abhāvanīyo hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Na ākappasampanno hoti na vattasampanno; na bahussuto hoti na sutadharo; na paṭisallekhitā [sallekhitā (ka. sī.)] hoti na paṭisallānārāmo; na kalyāṇavāco hoti na kalyāṇavākkaraṇo; duppańńo hoti jaḷo eḷamūgo. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu abhāvanīyo hoti.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu bhāvanīyo hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Ākappasampanno hoti vattasampanno; bahussuto hoti sutadharo; paṭisallekhitā hoti paṭisallānārāmo; kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo; pańńavā hoti ajaḷo aneḷamūgo. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu bhāvanīyo hotī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Piyasuttaṃ

232. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca.

‘‘Katamehi pańcahi? Sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo, ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyańjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā ; kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa vińńāpaniyā; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ pańńāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhińńā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Sobhanasuttaṃ

233. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu āvāsaṃ sobheti. Katamehi pańcahi? Sīlavā hoti…pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa vińńāpaniyā; paṭibalo hoti upasaṅkamante dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ samādapetuṃ samuttejetuṃ sampahaṃsetuṃ; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu āvāsaṃ sobhetī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Bahūpakārasuttaṃ

234. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu āvāsassa bahūpakāro hoti. Katamehi pańcahi? Sīlavā hoti…pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; khaṇḍaphullaṃ paṭisaṅkharoti; mahā kho pana bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto nānāverajjakā bhikkhū gihīnaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āroceti – ‘mahā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto nānāverajjakā bhikkhū, karotha puńńāni, samayo puńńāni kātu’nti; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu āvāsassa bahūpakāro hotī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Anukampasuttaṃ

235. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu gihīnaṃ [gihiṃ (syā.), gihī (katthaci)] anukampati. Katamehi pańcahi? Adhisīle [adhisīlesu (syā.)] samādapeti; dhammadassane niveseti; gilānake upasaṅkamitvā satiṃ uppādeti – ‘arahaggataṃ āyasmanto satiṃ upaṭṭhāpethā’ti; mahā kho pana bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto nānāverajjakā bhikkhū gihīnaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āroceti – ‘mahā kho, āvuso, bhikkhusaṅgho abhikkanto nānāverajjakā bhikkhū, karotha puńńāni, samayo puńńāni kātu’nti; yaṃ kho panassa bhojanaṃ denti lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā taṃ attanā paribhuńjati, saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu gihīnaṃ anukampatī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Paṭhamaavaṇṇārahasuttaṃ

236. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti; ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti; saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; anuvicca pariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti; anuvicca pariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti; saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Dutiyaavaṇṇārahasuttaṃ

237. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; āvāsamaccharī hoti āvāsapaligedhī; kulamaccharī hoti kulapaligedhī; saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; na āvāsamaccharī hoti na āvāsapaligedhī; na kulamaccharī hoti na kulapaligedhī; saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Tatiyaavaṇṇārahasuttaṃ

238. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; āvāsamaccharī hoti; kulamaccharī hoti; lābhamaccharī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati; anuvicca pariyogāhetvā vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati ; na āvāsamaccharī hoti; na kulamaccharī hoti ; na lābhamaccharī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Paṭhamamacchariyasuttaṃ

239. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Āvāsamaccharī hoti; kulamaccharī hoti; lābhamaccharī hoti; vaṇṇamaccharī [dhammamaccharī (ka.)] hoti; saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Na āvāsamaccharī hoti; na kulamaccharī hoti; na lābhamaccharī hoti; na vaṇṇamaccharī hoti; saddhādeyyaṃ na vinipāteti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Dutiyamacchariyasuttaṃ

240. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Āvāsamaccharī hoti; kulamaccharī hoti; lābhamaccharī hoti; vaṇṇamaccharī hoti; dhammamaccharī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Na āvāsamaccharī hoti; na kulamaccharī hoti; na lābhamaccharī hoti; na vaṇṇamaccharī hoti; na dhammamaccharī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato āvāsiko bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Āvāsikavaggo catuttho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Āvāsiko piyo ca sobhano,

Bahūpakāro anukampako ca;

Tayo avaṇṇārahā ceva,

Macchariyā duvepi cāti [yathābhataṃ cāpi avaṇṇagedhā, catukkamacchera pańcamena cāti (sī. syā.) yathābhataṃ avaṇṇańca, catuko macchariyena cāti (ka.)].

 

 

(25) 5. Duccaritavaggo

1. Paṭhamaduccaritasuttaṃ

241. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ādīnavā duccarite. Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ upavadati; anuvicca vińńū garahanti; pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati; sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti; kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā duccarite.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā sucarite. Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ na upavadati; anuvicca vińńū pasaṃsanti; kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati; asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti; kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā sucarite’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Paṭhamakāyaduccaritasuttaṃ

242. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā kāyaduccarite…pe… ānisaṃsā kāyasucarite…pe…. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Paṭhamavacīduccaritasuttaṃ

243. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ādīnavā vacīduccarite…pe… ānisaṃsā vacīsucarite…pe…. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Paṭhamamanoduccaritasuttaṃ

244. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā manoduccarite…pe… ānisaṃsā manosucarite . Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ na upavadati; anuvicca vińńū pasaṃsanti; kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati; asammūḷho kālaṃ karoti; kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā manosucarite’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Dutiyaduccaritasuttaṃ

245. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā duccarite. Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ upavadati; anuvicca vińńū garahanti; pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati; saddhammā vuṭṭhāti; asaddhamme patiṭṭhāti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā duccarite.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā sucarite. Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ na upavadati; anuvicca vińńū pasaṃsanti; kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati; asaddhammā vuṭṭhāti; saddhamme patiṭṭhāti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā sucarite’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Dutiyakāyaduccaritasuttaṃ

246. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā kāyaduccarite…pe… ānisaṃsā kāyasucarite…pe…. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7. Dutiyavacīduccaritasuttaṃ

247. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā vacīduccarite…pe… ānisaṃsā vacīsucarite…pe…. Sattamaṃ.

8. Dutiyamanoduccaritasuttaṃ

248. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ādīnavā manoduccarite…pe… ānisaṃsā manosucarite. Katame pańca? Attāpi attānaṃ na upavadati; anuvicca vińńū pasaṃsanti; kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati; asaddhammā vuṭṭhāti; saddhamme patiṭṭhāti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ānisaṃsā manosucarite’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Sivathikasuttaṃ

249. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā sivathikāya [sīvathikāya (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)]. Katame pańca? Asuci, duggandhā, sappaṭibhayā, vāḷānaṃ amanussānaṃ āvāso, bahuno janassa ārodanā – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā sivathikāya.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcime ādīnavā sivathikūpame puggale. Katame pańca? Idha , bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo asucinā kāyakammena samannāgato hoti; asucinā vacīkammena samannāgato hoti; asucinā manokammena samannāgato hoti. Idamassa asucitāya vadāmi. Seyyathāpi sā, bhikkhave, sivathikā asuci; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.

‘‘Tassa asucinā kāyakammena samannāgatassa, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgatassa, asucinā manokammena samannāgatassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Idamassa duggandhatāya vadāmi. Seyyathāpi sā, bhikkhave, sivathikā duggandhā; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.

‘‘Tamenaṃ asucinā kāyakammena samannāgataṃ, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgataṃ, asucinā manokammena samannāgataṃ pesalā sabrahmacārī ārakā parivajjanti. Idamassa sappaṭibhayasmiṃ vadāmi. Seyyathāpi sā, bhikkhave, sivathikā sappaṭibhayā; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.

‘‘So asucinā kāyakammena samannāgato, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgato , asucinā manokammena samannāgato sabhāgehi puggalehi saddhiṃ saṃvasati. Idamassa vāḷāvāsasmiṃ vadāmi. Seyyathāpi sā , bhikkhave, sivathikā vāḷānaṃ amanussānaṃ āvāso; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi.

‘‘Tamenaṃ asucinā kāyakammena samannāgataṃ, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgataṃ, asucinā manokammena samannāgataṃ pesalā sabrahmacārī disvā khīyadhammaṃ [khīyanadhammaṃ (sī.)] āpajjanti – ‘aho vata no dukkhaṃ ye mayaṃ evarūpehi puggalehi saddhiṃ saṃvasāmā’ti! Idamassa ārodanāya vadāmi. Seyyathāpi sā, bhikkhave, sivathikā bahuno janassa ārodanā; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā sivathikūpame puggale’’ti. Navamaṃ.

10. Puggalappasādasuttaṃ

250. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, ādīnavā puggalappasāde. Katame pańca? Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, puggale puggalo abhippasanno hoti, so tathārūpaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti yathārūpāya āpattiyā saṅgho ukkhipati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘yo kho myāyaṃ puggalo piyo manāpo so saṅghena ukkhitto’ti. Bhikkhūsu appasādabahulo hoti. Bhikkhūsu appasādabahulo samāno ańńe bhikkhū na bhajati. Ańńe bhikkhū abhajanto saddhammaṃ na suṇāti. Saddhammaṃ asuṇanto saddhammā parihāyati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo ādīnavo puggalappasāde.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ puggale puggalo abhippasanno hoti, so tathārūpaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti yathārūpāya āpattiyā saṅgho ante nisīdāpeti . Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘yo kho myāyaṃ puggalo piyo manāpo so saṅghena ante nisīdāpito’ti. Bhikkhūsu appasādabahulo hoti. Bhikkhūsu appasādabahulo samāno ańńe bhikkhū na bhajati. Ańńe bhikkhū abhajanto saddhammaṃ na suṇāti. Saddhammaṃ asuṇanto saddhammā parihāyati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo ādīnavo puggalappasāde.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ puggale puggalo abhippasanno hoti, so disāpakkanto hoti…pe… so vibbhanto hoti…pe… so kālaṅkato hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘yo kho myāyaṃ puggalo piyo manāpo so kālaṅkato’ti. Ańńe bhikkhū na bhajati. Ańńe bhikkhū abhajanto saddhammaṃ na suṇāti. Saddhammaṃ asuṇanto saddhammā parihāyati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pańcamo ādīnavo puggalappasāde. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca ādīnavā puggalappasāde’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Duccaritavaggo pańcamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Duccaritaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ, vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ;

Catūhi pare dve sivathikā, puggalappasādena cāti.

Pańcamapaṇṇāsakaṃ samattaṃ.

 

 

(26) 6. Upasampadāvaggo

1. Upasampādetabbasuttaṃ

251.[mahāva. 84] ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti; asekhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti; asekhena pańńākkhandhena samannāgato hoti; asekhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti; asekhena vimuttińāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabba’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Nissayasuttaṃ

252.[mahāva. 84] ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā nissayo dātabbo. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti…pe… asekhena vimuttińāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti. Imehi…pe… nissayo dātabbo’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

3. Sāmaṇerasuttaṃ

253.[mahāva. 84] ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Katamehi pańcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu asekhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti; asekhena samādhikkhandhena… asekhena pańńākkhandhena… asekhena vimuttikkhandhena… asekhena vimuttińāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Pańcamacchariyasuttaṃ

254. ‘‘Pańcimāni , bhikkhave, macchariyāni. Katamāni pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ – imāni kho, bhikkhave, pańca macchariyāni. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ macchariyānaṃ etaṃ paṭikuṭṭhaṃ [patikiṭṭhaṃ (sī. pī.), paṭikkiṭṭhaṃ (syā. kaṃ.), paṭikiṭṭhaṃ (ka.)], yadidaṃ dhammamacchariya’’nti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Macchariyappahānasuttaṃ

255. ‘‘Pańcannaṃ , bhikkhave, macchariyānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya brahmacariyaṃ vussati. Katamesaṃ pańcannaṃ? Āvāsamacchariyassa pahānāya samucchedāya brahmacariyaṃ vussati; kulamacchariyassa…pe… lābhamacchariyassa… vaṇṇamacchariyassa… dhammamacchariyassa pahānāya samucchedāya brahmacariyaṃ vussati. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pańcannaṃ macchariyānaṃ pahānāya samucchedāya brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’ti. Pańcamaṃ.

6. Paṭhamajhānasuttaṃ

256. ‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhamme appahāya abhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharitu’’nti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

7-13. Dutiyajhānasuttādisattakaṃ

257-263. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… abhabbo tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… abhabbo catutthaṃ jhānaṃ… abhabbo sotāpattiphalaṃ… abhabbo sakadāgāmiphalaṃ… abhabbo anāgāmiphalaṃ… abhabbo arahattaṃ [arahattaphalaṃ (sī.)] sacchikātuṃ. Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ , kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… bhabbo tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… bhabbo catutthaṃ jhānaṃ… bhabbo sotāpattiphalaṃ… bhabbo sakadāgāmiphalaṃ… bhabbo anāgāmiphalaṃ… bhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ. Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhamme pahāya bhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātu’’nti. Terasamaṃ.

14. Aparapaṭhamajhānasuttaṃ

264. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, akatańńutaṃ akataveditaṃ – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhamme appahāya abhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ. Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, akatańńutaṃ akataveditaṃ – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhamme pahāya bhabbo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharitu’’nti. Cuddasamaṃ.

15-21. Aparadutiyajhānasuttādisattakaṃ

265-271. ‘‘Pańcime , bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ… sotāpattiphalaṃ… sakadāgāmiphalaṃ… anāgāmiphalaṃ… arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ. Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, akatańńutaṃ akataveditaṃ – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ.

‘‘Pańcime, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ… sotāpattiphalaṃ… sakadāgāmiphalaṃ… anāgāmiphalaṃ… arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ. Katame pańca? Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, akatańńutaṃ akataveditaṃ – ime kho, bhikkhave, pańca dhamme pahāya bhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātu’’nti. Ekavīsatimaṃ.

Upasampadāvaggo chaṭṭho.

 

 

1. Sammutipeyyālaṃ

1. Bhattuddesakasuttaṃ

272. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako na sammannitabbo [na sammanitabbo (ka.) cūḷava. 326 passitabbaṃ]. Katamehi pańcahi? Chandāgatiṃ gacchati, dosāgatiṃ gacchati, mohāgatiṃ gacchati, bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, uddiṭṭhānuddiṭṭhaṃ na jānāti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako na sammannitabbo.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako sammannitabbo. Katamehi pańcahi? Na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, uddiṭṭhānuddiṭṭhaṃ jānāti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako sammannitabboti.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako sammato [sammatopi (sī.)] na pesetabbo…pe… sammato pesetabbo… bālo veditabbo… paṇḍito veditabbo… khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati… akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati… yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye… yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, uddiṭṭhānuddiṭṭhaṃ jānāti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhattuddesako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2-14. Senāsanapańńāpakasuttāditerasakaṃ

273-285. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato senāsanapańńāpako na sammannitabbo…pe… pańńattāpańńattaṃ na jānāti…pe… senāsanapańńāpako sammannitabbo…pe… pańńattāpańńattaṃ jānāti…pe….

Senāsanagāhāpako na sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ [pańńattāpańńattaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] na jānāti…pe… senāsanagāhāpako sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ [pańńattāpańńattaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] jānāti…pe….

Bhaṇḍāgāriko na sammannitabbo…pe… guttāguttaṃ na jānāti… bhaṇḍāgāriko sammannitabbo…pe… guttāguttaṃ jānāti…pe….

Cīvarapaṭiggāhako na sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ na jānāti… cīvarapaṭiggāhako sammannitabbo …pe… gahitāgahitaṃ jānāti…pe….

Cīvarabhājako na sammannitabbo…pe… bhājitābhājitaṃ na jānāti… cīvarabhājako sammannitabbo…pe… bhājitābhājitaṃ jānāti…pe….

Yāgubhājako na sammannitabbo…pe… yāgubhājako sammannitabbo…pe….

Phalabhājako na sammannitabbo…pe… phalabhājako sammannitabbo…pe….

Khajjakabhājako na sammannitabbo…pe… bhājitābhājitaṃ na jānāti… khajjakabhājako sammannitabbo…pe… bhājitābhājitaṃ jānāti…pe….

Appamattakavissajjako na sammannitabbo…pe… vissajjitāvissajjitaṃ na jānāti… appamattakavissajjako sammannitabbo…pe… vissajjitāvissajjitaṃ jānāti….

Sāṭiyaggāhāpako na sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ na jānāti … sāṭiyaggāhāpako sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ jānāti….

Pattaggāhāpako na sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ na jānāti… pattaggāhāpako sammannitabbo…pe… gahitāgahitaṃ jānāti….

Ārāmikapesako na sammannitabbo…pe… ārāmikapesako sammannitabbo…pe….

Sāmaṇerapesako na sammannitabbo…pe… sāmaṇerapesako sammannitabbo…pe….

Sammato na pesetabbo…pe… sammato pesetabbo…pe….

Sāmaṇerapesako bālo veditabbo…pe… paṇḍito veditabbo… khataṃ upahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati… akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati… yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye… yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Na chandāgatiṃ gacchati, na dosāgatiṃ gacchati, na mohāgatiṃ gacchati, na bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, pesitāpesitaṃ jānāti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato sāmaṇerapesako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Cuddasamaṃ.

Sammutipeyyālaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

 

 

2. Sikkhāpadapeyyālaṃ

1. Bhikkhusuttaṃ

286. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, abrahmacārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi ? Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, abrahmacariyā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2-7. Bhikkhunīsuttādichakkaṃ

287-292. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā bhikkhunī…pe… sikkhamānā… sāmaṇero… sāmaṇerī… upāsako… upāsikā yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātinī hoti, adinnādāyinī hoti, kāmesumicchācārinī hoti, musāvādinī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyinī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā upāsikā yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ niraye.

‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatā upāsikā yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā hoti, adinnādānā paṭiviratā hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā hoti, musāvādā paṭiviratā hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgatā upāsikā yathābhataṃ nikkhittā evaṃ sagge’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Ājīvakasuttaṃ

293. ‘‘Pańcahi , bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ājīvako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, abrahmacārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato ājīvako yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9-17. Nigaṇṭhasuttādinavakaṃ

294-302. ‘‘Pańcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato nigaṇṭho…pe… muṇḍasāvako… jaṭilako… paribbājako… māgaṇḍiko… tedaṇḍiko… āruddhako… gotamako… devadhammiko yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi pańcahi? Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pańcahi dhammehi samannāgato devadhammiko yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye’’ti. Sattarasamaṃ.

Sikkhāpadapeyyālaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

 

 

3. Rāgapeyyālaṃ

303. ‘‘Rāgassa , bhikkhave, abhińńāya pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame pańca? Asubhasańńā, maraṇasańńā, ādīnavasańńā, āhāre paṭikūlasańńā, sabbaloke anabhiratasańńā [sabbatthapi evameva dissati] – rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhińńāya ime pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.

304. ‘‘Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhińńāya pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame pańca? Aniccasańńā, anattasańńā, maraṇasańńā, āhāre paṭikūlasańńā, sabbaloke anabhiratasańńā – rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhińńāya ime pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.

305. ‘‘Rāgassa , bhikkhave, abhińńāya pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame pańca? Aniccasańńā, anicce dukkhasańńā, dukkhe anattasańńā, pahānasańńā, virāgasańńā – rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhińńāya ime pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.

306. ‘‘Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhińńāya pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame pańca? Saddhindriyaṃ, vīriyindriyaṃ, satindriyaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ, pańńindriyaṃ – rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhińńāya ime pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.

307. ‘‘Rāgassa , bhikkhave, abhińńāya pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhińńāya ime pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.

308-1151. ‘‘Rāgassa, bhikkhave, parińńāya… parikkhayāya… pahānāya… khayāya… vayāya… virāgāya… nirodhāya… cāgāya… paṭinissaggāya pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā. Dosassa… mohassa… kodhassa… upanāhassa… makkhassa… paḷāsassa… issāya… macchariyassa… māyāya… sāṭheyyassa… thambhassa… sārambhassa… mānassa… atimānassa … madassa… pamādassa abhińńāya… parińńāya… parikkhayāya… pahānāya… khayāya… vayāya… virāgāya… nirodhāya… cāgāya… paṭinissaggāya pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā.

‘‘Katame pańca? Saddhābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, satibalaṃ, samādhibalaṃ, pańńābalaṃ – pamādassa, bhikkhave, paṭinissaggāya ime pańca dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.

Rāgapeyyālaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Abhińńāya parińńāya parikkhayāya,

Pahānāya khayāya vayena ca;

Virāganirodhā cāgańca,

Paṭinissaggo ime dasāti.

Pańcakanipāto niṭṭhito.

Tatridaṃ vagguddānaṃ –

Sekhabalaṃ balańceva, pańcaṅgikańca sumanaṃ;

Muṇḍanīvaraṇańca sańńańca, yodhājīvańca aṭṭhamaṃ;

Theraṃ kakudhaphāsuńca, andhakavindadvādasaṃ;

Gilānarājatikaṇḍaṃ, saddhammāghātupāsakaṃ;

Arańńabrāhmaṇańceva, kimilakkosakaṃ tathā;

Dīghācārāvāsikańca, duccaritūpasampadanti.

Pańcakanipātapāḷi niṭṭhitā.

 

 

=============================

00 | 01 | 02 | 03 | 04  | 05 | 06| 07 | 08  | 09 |10 |11

=============================

 

Tăng Chi Bộ Kinh - giảng giải

 

Aṅguttaranikāya

 

Aṅguttaranikāya (aṭṭhakathā)

 

=============================

 

NGHIĘN CỨU PHẬT PHÁP

 

 

Home